diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-8.txt | 3095 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 47776 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 3508767 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/36446-h.htm | 3789 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_002x.jpg | bin | 0 -> 79453 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_008.png | bin | 0 -> 51762 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_011.jpg | bin | 0 -> 143716 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_013.png | bin | 0 -> 46828 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_016.png | bin | 0 -> 62934 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_025.png | bin | 0 -> 51752 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_035.png | bin | 0 -> 50768 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_038.png | bin | 0 -> 40240 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_039.png | bin | 0 -> 42415 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_047.png | bin | 0 -> 50981 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_049.png | bin | 0 -> 41996 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_051.png | bin | 0 -> 24431 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_054.png | bin | 0 -> 31632 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_056.png | bin | 0 -> 98911 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_059a.png | bin | 0 -> 14635 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_059b.png | bin | 0 -> 213006 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_060.png | bin | 0 -> 193930 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_061.png | bin | 0 -> 404479 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_062a.png | bin | 0 -> 298943 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_062b.png | bin | 0 -> 263388 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_063a.png | bin | 0 -> 36494 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_063b.png | bin | 0 -> 166653 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_064a.jpg | bin | 0 -> 133707 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_064b.png | bin | 0 -> 21697 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_067.png | bin | 0 -> 55299 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_068a.png | bin | 0 -> 76267 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_068b.png | bin | 0 -> 42333 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_071.png | bin | 0 -> 118114 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_073a.png | bin | 0 -> 251690 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_073b.png | bin | 0 -> 30304 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_075.png | bin | 0 -> 24552 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_075b.png | bin | 0 -> 17647 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_076x.png | bin | 0 -> 53198 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446-h/images/i_077.png | bin | 0 -> 245829 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446.txt | 3095 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 36446.zip | bin | 0 -> 47711 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
43 files changed, 9995 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/36446-8.txt b/36446-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7430933 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3095 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Photogravure, by Henry R. Blaney + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Photogravure + +Author: Henry R. Blaney + +Release Date: June 17, 2011 [EBook #36446] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHOTOGRAVURE *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + + + + + [Illustration: THE S. & A. PHOTOGRAPHIC SERIES.] + + Edited by W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS. + + + No. 1. THE PHOTOGRAPHIC AMATEUR. + By J. TRAILL TAYLOR. A Guide to the Young Photographer, either + Professional or Amateur. (Second Edition.) Paper covers =$0.50= + + No. 4. HOW TO MAKE PICTURES. + By HENRY CLAY PRICE. (Fourth Edition.) The A B C of Dry-Plate + Photography. Out of print. (See No. 26) + + No. 5. PHOTOGRAPHY WITH EMULSIONS. + By Capt. W. DE W. ABNEY, R.E., F.R.S. A treatise on the theory + and practical working of Gelatine and Collodion Emulsion + Processes. (Second Edition.) Paper covers =.75= + + No. 7. THE MODERN PRACTICE OF RETOUCHING. + As practiced by M. Piquepé, and other celebrated experts. (Eighth + Edition.) Paper covers, =50= cents: Library Edition =.75= + + No. 8. THE SPANISH EDITION OF HOW TO MAKE PICTURES. + Ligeras Lecciones sobre Fotografia Dedicados a los Aficionados, + Cloth bound, =75= cents. Paper covers =.50= + + No. 9. Out of print. + + No. 12. HARDWICH'S PHOTOGRAPHIC CHEMISTRY. + A manual of Photographic Chemistry, theoretical and practical. + (Ninth Edition) Edited by J. TRAILL TAYLOR. + Leatherette binding =2.00= + + No. 13. TWELVE ELEMENTARY LESSONS ON SILVER PRINTING. + (Second Edition.) Paper covers =.50= + + No. 14. ABOUT PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHERS. + A series of interesting essays for the studio and study, to which + is added European Rambles with a Camera. By H. BADEN PRITCHARD, + F.C.S. Paper covers, =50= cents. Cloth bound =.75= + + No. 15. THE CHEMICAL EFFECT OF THE SPECTRUM. + By Dr. J. M. EDER. Cloth bound, =50= cents. Paper covers =.25= + + No. 16. PICTURE MAKING BY PHOTOGRAPHY. + By H. P. ROBINSON, author of Pictorial Effect in Photography. + Written in popular form and finely illustrated. Library Edition, + =$1.00=. Paper covers =.75= + + No. 17. FIRST LESSONS IN AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHY. + Out of print. (See Amateur Photography, by W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS.) + + No. 20. DRY PLATE MAKING FOR AMATEURS. + By GEORGE L. SINCLAIR, M.D. Pointed, practical and plain. + Leatherette binding =.50= + + No. 21. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1887. + (Second Edition.) Paper cover (postage, 12 cents + additional) =0.50= + Library Edition (postage, 12 cents additional) =1.00= + + No. 22. PHOTOGRAPHIC PRINTING METHODS. + By the Rev. W. H. BURBANK. A Practical Guide to the Professional + and Amateur Worker. Cloth bound. (Third Edition) =1.00= + + No. 23. A HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY. + Written as a practical guide and an introduction to its latest + developments. By W. JEROME HARRISON, F.G.S., and containing a + frontispiece of the author. Cloth bound =1.00= + + No. 24. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1888. + Illustrated. (Second Edition.) Paper (by mail, 12 cents + additional) =.50= + Library Edition (by mail, 12 cents additional) =1.00= + + No. 25. THE PHOTOGRAPHIC NEGATIVE. + A Practical Guide to the Preparation of Sensitive Surfaces by the + Calotype, Albumen, Collodion, and Gelatine Processes, on Glass + and Paper, with Supplementary Chapter on Development, etc., by + the Rev. W. H. BURBANK. Cloth bound. Reduced from $1.50 to =1.00= + + No. 26. THE PHOTOGRAPHIC INSTRUCTOR FOR THE PROFESSIONAL AND AMATEUR. + Being the comprehensive series of Practical Lessons issued to + the Students of the Chautauqua School of Photography. Revised + and enlarged. Edited by W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS, with an Appendix + by Prof. CHAS. EHRMANN. (Fourth Edition, enlarged and revised.) + Paper covers =1.00= + Library Edition =1.50= + + No. 27. LETTERS ON LANDSCAPE PHOTOGRAPHY. + By H. P. ROBINSON. Finely illustrated from the author's own + photographs and containing a Photogravure frontispiece of the + author. Cloth bound. =1.50= + + No. 29. THE PROCESSES OF PURE PHOTOGRAPHY. + By W. K. BURTON and ANDREW PRINGLE. A standard work, very + complete and freely illustrated. Price, in paper covers, =$2.00=. + Library Ed. =2.50= + + No. 30. PICTORIAL EFFECT IN PHOTOGRAPHY. + By H. P. ROBINSON. A new edition. Illustrated. Mr. Robinson's + first and best work. Cloth bound =1.50= + + No. 32. PRACTICAL PHOTO-MICROGRAPHY. + By ANDREW PRINGLE. Fully illustrated. Cloth bound =2.50= + + No. 33. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1890. + Paper cover (by mail, 14 cents additional) =.50= + Library Edition (by mail, 14 cents additional) =1.00= + + No. 34. THE OPTICAL LANTERN. + Illustrated. By ANDREW PRINGLE. Paper covers, =$1.00=. + Cloth bound =1.50= + + No. 35. LANTERN SLIDES BY PHOTOGRAPHIC METHODS. + By ANDREW PRINGLE. Paper covers =75= cents. Cloth bound =1.25= + + No. 36. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1891. + Paper covers (by mail, 15 cents additional) =.50= + Library Edition (by mail, 15 cents additional) =1.00= + Cyclopædic Index for 1891 Annual =.10= + + No. 37. PHOTOGRAPHIC OPTICS. + A Text-Book for the Professional and Amateur. By W. K. BURTON. + Paper covers, =$1.00=. Library Edition =1.50= + + No. 38. PHOTOGRAPHIC REPRODUCTION PROCESSES. + Illustrated. By P. C. DUCHOCHOIS. Paper covers, =$1.00=. + Cloth =1.50= + + No. 39. EL INSTRUCTOR FOTOGRAFICO. + Paper covers, =$1.00=. Library Edition =1.50= + + No. 40. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1892. + Out of print. + + No. 41. THE CHEMISTRY OF PHOTOGRAPHY. + By W. JEROME HARRISON. Cloth bound =3.00= + + No. 42. PICTURE MAKING IN THE STUDIO. + By H. P. ROBINSON. Paper covers, =50= cents. Cloth bound (Library + Edition) =1.00= + + No. 43. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1893. + Edited by W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS. + Paper covers (postage extra, 15 cents) =.50= + Cloth bound (Library Edition) (postage extra, 15 cents) =1.00= + + No. 44. THE LIGHTING IN THE PHOTOGRAPHIC STUDIO. + By P. C. DUCHOCHOIS. A new edition. Paper covers, =75= cents. + Cloth bound (Library Edition) =1.00= + + No. 45. THE GRAMMAR OF PHOTO-ENGRAVING. + By H. D. FARQUHAR. Illustrated. The most complete text-book yet + published on this subject. Price, in paper covers, =$2.00=. Cloth + bound (Library Edition) =2.50= + + No. 46. INDUSTRIAL PHOTOGRAPHY. + Illustrated. By P. C. DUCHOCHOIS. Being a description of the + various processes of producing Indestructible Photographic Images + on Glass, Porcelain, Metal, and many other substances. Paper + covers, =50= cents. Cloth bound =1.00= + + No. 47. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1894. + Edited by W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS. + Paper covers (postage extra, 15 cents) =.50= + Cloth bound (Library Edition) (postage extra, 15 cents) =1.00= + + No. 48. ARISTOTYPES AND HOW TO MAKE THEM. + Giving a complete description of the manufacture and treatment of + Gelatino and Collodio-Chloride Papers. By WALTER E. WOODBURY. + Illustrated. Paper covers, =$1.50=. Library Edition =2.00= + + No. 49. THE ENCYCLOPÆDIC DICTIONARY OF PHOTOGRAPHY. + Containing over 2,000 references and about 400 illustrations. By + WALTER E. WOODBURY. In press. + + No. 50. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1895. + With over 200 illustrations In paper covers. Postage extra =50= + Cloth bound. (Library Edition.) Postage 15 cents extra =1.00= + + No. 51. THE PHOTO-GRAVURE PROCESS. + By =Henry R. Blaney=. A very complete and practical book, written + by an Expert. In paper covers, =50= cents. Cloth bound (Library + edition). =1.00= + + For sale by all dealers in Photographic goods, booksellers, + and sent, post-paid, on receipt of price, by the publishers, + + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY OF NEW YORK, + SEND FOR BOOK CATALOGUE. 423 BROOME STREET. + + * * * * * + + + A Selected List of Books + FROM THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO.'S BOOK CATALOGUE. + + Price per Copy. + Amateur Photography. + A Practical Guide for the Beginner. By W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS. + Illustrated. Paper covers, =50c.=; cloth bound =$1.00= + + Lantern Slides and How to Make Them. + By A. R. DRESSER. A new book, very complete and practical =.25= + + Photography at Night. + By P. C. DUCHOCHOIS. Illustrated. 108 pp. Paper covers =1.00= + + Bromide Paper and How to Use It. + Written by an Expert, with a specimen Bromide illustration =.25= + + The Knack. + Written expressly to help the beginner in perplexity, reduced + to =.25= + + Photographic Lenses; Their Choice and Use. + By J. H. DALLMEYER. A special edition, edited for American + photographers. In paper covers =.25= + + The Chemistry of Photography. + By Prof. RAPHAEL MELDOLA =2.00= + + The Photographic Image. + By P. C. DUCHOCHOIS. A Theoretical and Practical Treatise on + Development. Paper covers =1.50= + Cloth bound =2.00= + + The Ferrotyper's Guide. + For the ferrotyper, this is the only standard work. Seventh + thousand =.75= + + The Photographic Studios of Europe. + By H. BADEN PRITCHARD, F.C.S. Cloth bound, =$1.00=; paper + covers =.50= + + Art of Making Portraits in Crayon on Solar Enlargements. + (Third edition.) By E. LONG =1.00= + + History and Hand-Book of Photography. + With seventy illustrations. Cloth bound, reduced to =.50= + + Crayon Portraiture. + Complete instructions for making Crayon Portraits on Crayon Paper + and on Platinum, Silver and Bromide Enlargements; also directions + for the use of Transparent Liquid Water Colors, and for making + French Crystals. By J. A. BARHYDT. A new edition. Paper covers, + =50c.=; cloth bound =1.00= + + Art Recreations. + Ladies' popular guide in home decorative work, with a + chapter on photography. Edited by MARION KEMBLE =1.00= + + American Carbon Manual. + For those who want to try the carbon printing process, this + work gives the most detailed information. Cloth bound. + Reduced to =.50= + + Manual de Fotografia. + By AUGUSTUS LE PLONGEON. (Hand-book for Spanish + Photographers.) =1.00= + + Secrets of the Dark Chamber. + By D. D. T. DAVIE =.50= + + The Photographer's Book of Practical Formulas. + Compiled by Dr. W. D. HOLMES. Ph.D., and E. P. GRISWOLD. + Paper covers, reduced from =75c.= to =30c.=; cloth bound, + reduced from =$1.50= to =.60= + + American Hand-Book of the Daguerrotype. + By S. D. HUMPHREY. (Fifth edition.) This book contains + the various processes employed in taking heliographic + impressions =.25= + + * * * * * + + + AN ANNOUNCEMENT! + + We have made arrangements with the NEW YORK PHOTOGRAVURE COMPANY by + which we are enabled to offer a series of magnificent Photogravures + at a very low price. + + The first is that which has been already published and described by + us, being the "COURT OF HONOR," at the World's Fair. The companion + to this is in preparation, and will shortly be ready. It represents + a view of the "ADMINISTRATION BUILDING AND COURT OF HONOR," looking + up from the Peristyle. These two pictures form a magnificent + souvenir of the World's Fair, and imperishable ones, which have not + been approached in artistic or technical excellence. Each measures + about 18 x 22 inches, and they are printed in the best style, on + paper 24 x 32 inches. + + The next two pictures are photogravures from negatives made by Mr. + JOHN E. DUMONT, of Rochester, and form admirable companion pictures. + Their titles are, "NO DOUBT," and "IN DOUBT," and represent, in one + case, a monk with a winning hand of cards, and having no doubt what + his play is to be. In the other, a monk holding a hand of cards + which evidently is a losing one, and, as evidently, he is in doubt + as to what to play. + + The story of these pictures is admirably told, and with all the well + known skill of Mr. DUMONT. + + The next in the series is a "LANDSCAPE WITH SHEEP," by Mr. ROBERT S. + REDFIELD, of Philadelphia, and can well pass for a reproduction of a + painting by VERBECK HOVEN, not that it is in any sense a copy of any + picture, being entirely original, but in sentiment and feeling + equaling the best and most artistic work of the painter. As a + companion to this, "A STORM AT BRIGHTON" is published. This was one + of the prize pictures at the recent exhibition of the joint + Societies of Amateur Photographers of Boston, Philadelphia and New + York. It is exceedingly effective as a study of cloud and motion of + water, and forms an admirably suggestive study for artists. It is + from a negative by Mr. ERNEST EDWARDS, President of the New York + Photogravure Company. + + The well-known picture of "Flirtation" has also been engraved for + this series, and will be very popular. This picture (it will be + remembered) appeared in the American "Annual of Photography" for + 1892. + + With the exception of the two first, all these pictures measure + about 16 x 12 inches for size of work, and are printed on etching + paper, 22 x 28 inches. + + The uniform price of all is $2.00 each. For sale by all dealers. + + Other subjects will follow, from time to time. + + These Photogravures will be sent, post-paid, by mail, + carefully packed, on receipt of price. + + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY. + + * * * * * + + + Twelve: Photographic: Studies. + + THE THIRD EDITION. + + A Collection of Photogravures from the Best Representative + Photographic Negatives by Leading Photographic Artists. + + COMPILED BY W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS. + + THE COLLECTION INCLUDES + + "Dawn and Sunset," H. P. Robinson. + "Childhood," H. McMichael. + "As Age Steals On," J. F. Ryder. + "A Portrait Study," B. J. Falk. + "Solid Comfort," John E. Dumont. + "Ophelia," H. P. Robinson. + "No Barrier," F. A. Jackson. + "El Capitan," W. H. Jackson. + "Still Waters," J. J. Montgomery. + "Surf," James F. Cowee + "A Horse Race," George Barker. + "Hi, Mister, may we have some Apples?" Geo. B. Wood. + + Printed on Japan Paper, Mounted on Boards. Size, 11 × 14, in + ornamental Portfolio and a Box. Price, $3.00. + + Sent, post-paid, on receipt of price, by + The Scovill & Adams Company. + + * * * * * + + + Artistic Landscapes + FROM NATURE. + + Representing The Four Seasons. + + These plates were made from photographs taken direct from nature. + They have been most beautifully reproduced by the highest grade + (copper-plate) process of the New York Photogravure Company. The + plates measure 6 x 8 inches, but are printed on extra heavy plate + paper 11 x 14 inches in size. Each picture is printed in a tint + especially appropriate for the season which it represents, and the + entire set of photogravures are in every way =worthy of framing=. + + The negatives were photographed from nature by Mr. W. I. LINCOLN + ADAMS, and they have been _enthusiastically praised wherever shown_. + + What GEORGE INNESS, America's greatest landscape painter, says of + these photogravures: + + "They are very charming, and should prove extremely useful in the + development of the landscape art of our country." + + They are sold singly or in sets. + + Price, per copy $0.50 + The Set of Four 1.50 + + Sent, post-paid, to any address, on receipt of price, by + The Montclair Photogravure Publishing Company, + MONTCLAIR, N. J. + + * * * * * + + + THEODORE METCALF CO. + + Chemicals + Fine, Rare and Crude, of every description. + + From the many years we have dealt in this class of supplies, we claim + to be leaders in this branch of the drug trade, and by constantly + replenishing and increasing our stock, and at once procuring or + manufacturing all new chemical products, we are able to do full + justice to all orders. + + : Pure Chemicals : + FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC AND PROCESS WORK. + + Bromide of Potassium. + Bichromates. + Ammonium, Potassium and Sodium. + Powdered Dragon Blood, Light Colored and Dark. + Metcalf Powdered Bitumen of Judea. + + :: ALSO :: + + Syrian Asphaltum. + Benzole, Chemically Pure, + + By Can or Barrel. + + Etc., Etc., Etc. + + Boston, U. S. A. + + * * * * * + + + The Grammar of Photo-Engraving. + + By H. D. FARQUHAR. + + (Number Forty-five of the Scovill Photographic Series.) + + CONTAINING INSTRUCTION IN + + Drawing, Chemistry and Optics, as applied to Photo-Engraving. + + AND A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE ART OF + + HALF-TONE, ZINC ETCHING, SWELLED GELATINE, LITHOTYPE AND + CHALK PLATE ENGRAVING, AS PRACTICED IN THE UNITED STATES. + + ILLUSTRATED. + + The object of this book is to present to the constantly increasing + number of persons seeking after practical knowledge in the art of + process engraving, a comprehensive and totally reliable text-book. + The book has been written with a view to instruct the amateur as + well as the professional, and the writer has always had in mind the + beginner, counting no detail too trivial to be fully described. + + It has been written for the most part in the leisure hours, after + practical service during the day in a photo-engraving establishment, + so that the instruction goes directly from the shop to the pupil. It + has been the author's hope, in writing this book, to so carefully + describe every branch of work connected with the subject, that the + beginner, who knows absolutely nothing about it, may become a + practical photo-engraver from a careful reading of the work. + + CONTENTS: + + Chapter I.--Drawings for Photographic Reproduction. The Materials + Required. + + Chapter II.--Chemicals used in Photo-Engraving. + + Chapter III.--Apparatus and the Workshop. + + Chapter IV.--Photographic Processes as Employed in + Photo-Engravings. Preparation of the Chemicals. + + Chapter V.--Causes of Failure. Remedies. + + Chapter VI.--The Half-Tone Process. Screen Plates. + + Chapter VII.--Zinc Etching. Preparation of Chemicals Used in Zinc + Etching. + + Chapter VIII.--Etching in Half-Tone. + + Chapter IX.--Blocking and Finishing. Tools and Materials. + + Chapter X.--Swelled Gelatine Process of Photo-Engraving. + + Chapter XI.--Lithotype Engraving for Color Work. + + Chapter XII.--Photographing on Wood and Other Processes. + + Price, in paper covers $2.00 + " cloth bound (Library Edition) 2.50 + + For sale by all dealers in Photographic Materials, and sent, + post-paid, on receipt of price, by the publishers, + + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY, + 423 Broome Street, New York City. + + * * * * * + + + + + [Illustration: A ROADSIDE COTTAGE IN THE CATSKILLS + E. EDWARDS PHOTO. N.Y PHOTOGRAVURE CO.] + + + + + PHOTOGRAVURE. + + + BY + HENRY R. BLANEY. + + + _With Introduction and Additions by the Editor._ + + + NEW YORK: + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY. + 1895. + + + + [Illustration] + + Copyright, 1895. + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + + PAGE + INTRODUCTION BY THE EDITOR.--Early History of Photogravure-- + Woodbury's Process--Other Methods, 5 + + CHAPTER I.--The Negative.--Quality best Suitable.--Necessity + for Reversing.--Methods of Obtaining Reversals.--The Powder + Process, 9 + + CHAPTER II.--The Transparency.--The Carbon Process.--Cutting + up the Tissue.--Sensitizing.--Drying.--Exposing.--Continuing + Action of Light.--Development.--Carbutt's Transparency + Plates, 15 + + CHAPTER III.--The Carbon Tissue.--Sensitizing and Exposing.-- + The Actinometer, 22 + + CHAPTER IV.--Cleaning and Graining of the Copper Plate Plate-- + Grade of Copper Necessary.--Where and How to Buy it, 25 + + CHAPTER V.--Development of Negative Resist on the Copper + Plate.--Preparation for Biting with Acid through the + Gelatine, 29 + + CHAPTER VI.--The Acid Baths.--How to Make Them and Method + of Biting through the Gelatine, 32 + + CHAPTER VII.--Cleaning and Polishing the Plate, with Tools + Necessary for Retouching, 37 + + CHAPTER VIII.--Printing from the Plate.--Steel Facing, 39 + + CHAPTER IX.--Materials Necessary for Photogravure--List of + Firms Supplying Them, 41 + + CHAPTER X.--Books and Articles on Photogravure, 1888-1893, 44 + + + + +[Illustration] + +INTRODUCTION. + + +About the year 1820 Nicéphore Niepce made the discovery that bitumen, +under certain conditions, was sensitive to light. He dissolved it in oil +of lavender, and spread a thin layer of the solution thus obtained upon +stone. This he exposed under a drawing (making the paper transparent by +waxing), and after sufficient exposure, oil of lavender was poured on. +Those portions of the bitumen which had been exposed to the action of +the light had become insoluble, and so remained while the lines which +had been protected by the drawing were dissolved away. By treating the +stone with an acid these lines were bitten or eroded, and could be +printed from. Niepce afterward employed metal plates instead of the +stone. + +Here we have the foundation for a number of printing processes of the +present day, including photogravure. + +For many years, however, progress in processes for intaglio printing was +very slow. In 1852 Talbot introduced a process termed photoglyphy, and +in 1854 Paul Pretsch, of Vienna, patented a process which he termed +photogalvanography. In 1870 the late Walter B. Woodbury, inventor of +the Woodburytype process, suggested to M. Rousselon, of M. M. Goupil & +Co.,[A] a process which he had discovered, and which he describes[B] +as follows: + +"The method, as perhaps many of your readers know, is based on the fact +that some pigments used in carbon printing have an unpleasant habit of +granulating when mixed with gelatine and bichromate, destructive to +their use in carbon printing and Woodburytype, but bearing the essence +of success in an engraving process where grain is necessary. The origin +of this method was simply owing to my getting some bad reliefs, in which +this effect was first noticed. Out of this arose the photo-engraving +process which, as I said before, is now claimed as the invention of a +Frenchman. But I am digressing. + +"This relief, possessing a suitable grain, could, by hydraulic pressure, +be made to transfer its minutest details to metal without any loss to +fineness, so giving a plate possessing all the properties of a +mezzotint. The methods hitherto used of electrotyping would have proved +useless, as all detail would have been lost. The same thing applies to +the new method I am now about to bring before your readers. The latter +process of getting the grain transferred to a hard metal remains the +same; but the novelty is in the method of producing the grained plate. +To those who have practiced the process of enameling, as used by Geymet +and Alker, and others, my description will be better understood. + +"I first coat a thin, polished steel plate (zinc will answer) with a +very thin coating of gum, glucose, and bichromate as used for enameling. +This I dry rapidly, and, while still warm and desiccated, expose under a +glass positive. On removal from the frame after exposure the plate is +made to take up a slight amount of moisture by breathing on it. + +"During this stage I brush or dust over it any hard powder, such as +emery, powdered glass, etc, but these I keep of different degrees of +fineness or coarseness. No. 1, is of a coarse quality, and is used +first; No. 2 is finer; and No. 3 is of the finest grain obtainable. +These are obtained by passing through muslin of different degrees of +fineness. Having in the first stage of moisture used the No. 1, or +coarsest, powder, after a time No. 2 is dusted over and adheres to the +middle tints, while the very finest tones, which have almost lost their +sticky qualities by the exposure to light, are treated to No. 3. + +"Now we possess a granular picture having all the true qualities +required in a photo-engraved plate, or, rather, such as will give a +reverse in metal having these qualities. The steel or zinc plate is then +to be exposed to light to completely harden the mixture all over, and is +then treated exactly as in my other engraving process; that is, pressed +into soft metal by hydraulic pressure, electrotyped, and then the +surface is aciercised or coated with steel. The dark parts are thus +represented by a coarse grain, the middle tints by a medium grain, and +the finest shades by the most infinitesimal particles, thus meeting all +requirements necessary to a successful photo engraving process." + +This process was taken up by a Frenchman and claimed by him as his own +invention. The chief difficulty with it was that the plates before being +perfect require the work of a skillful engraver, sometimes for weeks. +They were therefore very costly, six dollars per square inch being +charged for the making of the plate alone. + +Klic's process, 1886, was the next important improvement in photogravure +or intaglio printing, and since then many other processes and +improvements have been introduced by Obernetter, Waterhouse, Colls, +Zuccato, Sawyer and others. + +In the following chapters Mr. H. R. Blaney gives a working description +of the process as practiced to-day by many of the leading firms in this +and other countries. This originally appeared in the columns of THE +PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES, but I have made many additions that I have imagined +may be of value to the student. A dividing line will be found between +Mr. Blaney's writings and my own additions. + + THE EDITOR. + + [A] Now Boussod, Valadon et Cie. + + [B] _British Journal Almanac_, 1874. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE NEGATIVE. + + +Any negative may be used for photogravure, that is, taken from nature, +or from a painting or engraving, provided it is reversed, and, in the +case of paintings, should, in addition, be on an orthochromatic plate. +The negative should be soft and brilliant, well exposed, and not hard or +under-exposed. A reversed negative is always necessary if the print from +the copper plate is required to be similar in regard to right and left, +or if no other means are to be taken, to reverse the image upon the +copper plate. Professionals use stripping plates especially made for +this purpose for small work, or the reversed negative may be made in the +copying camera. A fairly good reversed negative can be made by contact +in the printing frame from an albumen print from the original negative, +the print made transparent with white wax by being placed on a piece of +warm, clean metal and the wax rubbed over the face. To have the negative +reversed, the print should first be placed, face out, against the glass +of the printing frame, with its back against the sensitive surface of +the transparency plate, the back closed in and exposed to a large lamp +for about five seconds. Every care must be taken that you use the best +of negatives, carefully retouched if necessary, as the professional +photographic etchers have informed me that (from their standpoint) the +success of the whole process depends on the quality of the original +negative and the care taken in artistic retouching. + + * * * * * + +It will often happen in commercial photogravure work that plates have to +be made from all kinds of original negatives. In cases where these are +flat from over-exposure it is well to make a carbon transparency; +intensifying the image with a strong solution of permanganate of potash, +and from this make a fresh negative upon a slow or Carbutt transparency +plate. + +Mr. Horace Wilmer says: "The class of negative most suitable is such as +gives a good result by any of the printing processes. A bright sparkling +negative will always give a good plate, but I do not find that any +satisfactory results can be got from a soft flat negative. The negative +should be as perfect as possible. It is absolutely useless to work from +a faulty negative. Contrasts on it may be increased by retouching. Such +contrasts are desirable because the tendency of the etching is to reduce +them somewhat." + +Perhaps the simplest way of obtaining a reversed negative is by placing +the dry plate in the slide film inside and exposing through the glass, +of course after allowing in focusing for the thickness of the glass +plate. With the wet-collodion process, usually the method employed by +large photomechanical printers, this method can be used because it is +a simple matter to carefully examine the glass plate to be employed, +but it will be obvious that with the ordinary dry plate all the +imperfections of the glass, such as dirt, scratches, air-bubbles, etc., +will be clearly reproduced in the image. + +Another method largely employed to produce reversed negatives direct, is +by means of a mirror or prism placed either before or behind the lens. +The prism is the more convenient, but if large sizes are used it becomes +a costly piece of apparatus. The mirror, which should be a plane of +glass silvered on its surface, is a less expensive affair. By either of +these means the reversed negatives can be made direct without suffering +the least in quality. + +With celluloid or other flexible films, printing can, of course, be done +from either side. Practical men, however, say that, except with the +very thinnest films, there is an undoubted loss of sharpness in the +grain when these films are reversed and with some mechanical processes. + +Against this, however, it may be said that better contact can be +obtained in printing than if the film were upon a piece of uneven glass, +as is often the case, for by backing it with a piece of plate-glass +perfect contact is ensured everywhere. + +We come now to the method of stripping the film from the glass. If the +negative is made by the collodion process the matter is a simple one. +The glass is treated with French chalk previous to collodionizing. After +the negative is made and dried it is laid on a leveling stand and a +solution of gelatine poured on it. When dry, it is readily stripped by +running a knife all round. With ordinary dry-plates the method usually +recommended is to immerse them in dilute hydrofluoric acid. The +difficulty often experienced here is in the lateral expansion of the +film. This will largely depend upon the plate, or rather the quality of +the gelatine used. There are, however, two methods of securing the films +to some medium unaffected by moisture, and so prevent expansion or +distortion. The first is that recommended by Mr. A. Pumphrey and the +second by Mr. H. J. Burton, modified descriptions of which are given in +a recent number of _The British Journal of Photography_. If the negative +is varnished this is removed. A thin film of gelatine is moistened in a +dilute solution of hydrofluoric acid, one part of acid to sixty of +water. This gelatine film is secured on paper by a coating of +india-rubber. + +The action of the dilute acid is to soften the gelatine, making it very +adhesive. It can, in this state, be readily attached to the negative by +squeegeeing. The acid in the film passes through the negative, and +releases it from the glass. It can then be lifted off and pinned to a +flat surface to dry. The paper can afterward be stripped off, when dry, +by moistening the back with a little benzole to dissolve the +india-rubber. In this manner we get the stripped negative in exactly the +same size as when on the glass, to which it can be restored at any time +desired. + +Burton, in his method, employs collodion in place of paper as the +support. The negative is first coated with a thick collodion, and this +is allowed ten minutes or so to set. It is then immersed in plain water +until the film loses all appearance of greasiness. A few drops of +hydrofluoric acid are added to the water, and the dish gently rocked. +The film will soon detach itself, when the plate should be at once +rinsed. Another plate previously coated with gelatine, and dried, is +placed in the dish, and the released film, after reversing, is floated +upon it, the two removed together, and allowed to dry. + +So far we have only treated upon reverse negatives, either obtained at +once or reversed afterward. It often happens, however, that we have an +ordinary negative, which is required to be reversed. This negative may +be a valuable one, and the risk involved in stripping it be too great. + +Another simple method of obtaining a reversed negative is by means of +the powder process. Although this process is an old one, it appears to +be but little known, for what reason we have never been able to define. +It is by no means difficult, and by its means a negative can be obtained +direct from a negative without the intermediate positive transparency. + +The principle of the process is this: An organic tacky substance is +sensitized with potassium dichromate, and exposed under a reversed +positive to the action of light. All those parts acted upon become hard, +the stickiness disappearing according to the strength of the light +action, while those parts protected by the darker parts of the positive +retain their adhesiveness. If a colored powder be dusted over, it will +be understood that it will adhere to the sticky parts only, forming a +visible image, the same being a reproduction of the positive printed +from. The process is very useful for the production of lantern slides +and transparencies, or for the reproduction of negatives. Any of the +following formulæ may be employed for the manufacture of the organic +substance:-- + + +SOLUTION A. + + Gum arabic 25 grammes + Grape sugar 60 grammes + Purified honey 15 grammes + Alcohol, 40 deg 15 c.c. + Water 60 c.c. + + +SOLUTION B. + +Saturated solution of ammonium dichromate. + +Two solutions to be mixed together before using in proportions 15 A, +25 B, 50 water. + + +WOODBURY'S FORMULA. + + Gum arabic 60 grains + Glucose 45 grains + Glycerine 10 minims + Potassium dichromate 30 grains + Distilled water 2 ounces + + +OBERNETTER PROCESS. + + Dextrine 60 grains + White sugar 75 grains + Ammonium dichromate 30 grains + Glycerine 2 to 8 minims + Distilled water 3 ounces + +The gum is first dissolved and the remainder of the ingredients added. +It may be necessary to warm the solution in a hot water bath to dissolve +it. It is then filtered through flannel or clean muslin, and preserved +for use in well-stoppered bottles. With this solution clear glass plates +are coated and dried by a gentle heat over a small spirit lamp. The +plate while still warm is exposed under a reversed positive[C] for from +two to five minutes in sunlight, and from 10 to 20 minutes in diffused +light. The image is then but slightly visible. On removing from the +printing frame the plate is laid in the air (protected from light) for a +few minutes to absorb a little moisture from it. The next process is the +"dusting on." If the image is required to be black, fine Siberian +graphite is spread over it with a soft flat brush. This will adhere to +the parts unaffected by light, giving an image of the positive. Any +colored fine powder maybe used, giving images in various colors. When +fully developed the excess of powder is dusted off and the film coated +with collodion. After this it is well washed to remove the unaltered gum +and dichromate salt. The film may, if desired, be detached from the +plate and used for enamels, ivory, wood, textile fabrics, opals, etc. + +[Illustration] + + [C] Reversed as regards right and left. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE TRANSPARENCY. + + +Regular transparency gelatine dry plates are the handiest for making +positives, especially for amateurs, if one does not care if the subject +is in reverse, or if one has a reversed negative to work from. There is +a "special" carbon tissue, price $4.00 per roll of 2 × 12 feet, made by +the Autotype Company, of London, England, with full instructions +appended; by a system of double transfer, reversed negatives may be +obtained with this tissue. The "special" tissue is only to be used for +the transparency. A safe edge of black paper is required on the +transparency, pasted up exactly to the edge of the picture, on the glass +side; it comes, sold in strips, gummed, ready for use, about 1/4 inch +wide; this is required, as the tissue used for the negative resist on +the copper plate, which is printed from the transparency, must have a +safe edge, shielded from the light, or it will not attach itself to the +copper plate, the tissue coming inside half way. The screw pressure +printing frame should have a piece of heavy felt for backing the +transparency. + +The following instructions for making carbon transparencies will no +doubt be found useful: + +The carbon tissue prepared for this process consists of paper coated +with gelatine containing carbon, lamp-black, or other pigments. + +The Autotype Company, of London, manufacture a special "transparency" +tissue. + +CUTTING UP THE TISSUE is performed by unrolling it gently upon a zinc +cutting plate, cut square and true, with the inches marked at the bottom +and right-hand side. By using a T square and observing the numbered +inches marked on the plate, it will not be difficult to cut the tissue +to any dimension. If the tissue is very curly and unmanageable it should +be kept down with convenient weights. After cutting it up to the +required sizes, which should be conveniently smaller than the dish to +be used for sensitizing, it should be kept flat under a metal plate. + +SENSITIZING THE TISSUE is the next operation. This is performed in a +solution of potassium dichromate rendered alkaline with ammonia. Tie +over the mouth of a two-gallon jug a piece of muslin, to form a kind of +bag, into which place fifteen ounces of potassium dichromate, then fill +up the jug with water and allow it to stand until the dichromate is +dissolved and the solution becomes cold. It is sometimes advisable to +regulate the quantity of dichromate. In hot weather, or for very thin +negatives, the proportion of water should be doubled, while for very +hard negatives only half the quantity should be used. In very hot +weather it is often advantageous to replace about 30 per cent. of the +water with the same quantity of alcohol. + +The operation of sensitizing the tissue must be carried on in a room +lighted by a window covered with a yellow blind. A flat dish of +porcelain, glass, or _papier maché_, a squeegee, and a sheet of glass or +zinc larger than the tissue, will be required. + +The solution is poured into the dish, and should be at least two inches +deep. The tissue is then immersed in it, and the air-bells that form +immediately brush away from both sides with a broad camel's-hair brush. +The temperature of the bath should not be higher than 60 deg. Fahr.; and +the time of immersion should be from three to five minutes. After the +tissue has remained in the solution for the allotted time it is gently +removed and laid face downward upon the glass or zinc plate, and the +back squeegeed, removing all superfluous solution. The tissue is +removed from the glass and laid over a sheet of cardboard, bent into the +form of an arch, to dry. + +Another method (H. J. Burton's) of sensitizing carbon tissue is to lay +it flat on a sheet of clean blotting paper, and sponge on the back a +very strong sensitizing solution composed as follows: + + Potassium dichromate 4 ounces + Liquid ammonia fort 1 ounce + Water 20 ounces + +First mix the ammonia with the water, then grind up and add the +dichromate. + +DRYING THE TISSUE should be accomplished in a room perfectly free from +the noxious fumes of other chemicals, and lighted only by non-actinic +light. Tissues sensitized during the evening should be dry on the +following morning. It should then be cut to the sizes required and kept +flat in a pressure frame, or other similar contrivance. + +EXPOSING THE TISSUE.--The tissue can be exposed behind the negative in +an ordinary printing frame, or in special frames having no joint in the +back, as no image is visible. The negative must be furnished with a safe +edge, made by painting an edge about one-eighth of an inch round the +negative with black varnish, or by pasting on strips of red or black +paper. Exposure must be judged by an actinometer. A very suitable +instrument for timing the exposure of carbon tissue is Sawyer's +actinometer. It consists of a rectangular tin box with a glass lid, +bearing twelve tints graduated from slight discoloration to a degree of +opacity, representing the extreme amount of deposit upon the lights of +the densest negatives, each division of this screen of tints bearing a +number in opaque pigments; and a roll of sensitive paper is placed in +the box, and the end pulled forward so as to pass under the tints. When +this arrangement is placed in the light, the silver paper commences to +discolor underneath the graduated screen, beginning of course at the +lightest, but the number on the tint being in an opaque pigment is +preserved white, and serves to register the progress of printing; for +if, when the lid is opened, the number one, for instance, shows clearly +on a tinted ground, the instrument is said to have registered one tint; +by that time the number two will have begun to make its appearance, and, +if sufficient exposure be given, the light will print through the whole +scale by successive steps, and show up the numbers, one to twelve. With +an instrument of this kind it is evident that, by exposing alongside the +carbon tissue and determining the number of tints required for the +proper exposure of that negative, the same number of tints with the same +negative will always prove right. A little practice will enable one to +judge the number of tints required for every class of negative. + +It will be well to remark here that freshly sensitized tissue will +produce inferior pictures to that used a day or two after; the pictures +are not so hard, and there is less danger of the high-lights being +washed away. + +CONTINUING ACTION OF LIGHT.--If the carbon tissue after exposure to the +light, be kept in the dark for a little time the effect on the print +will be precisely the same as if the exposure to light had been +prolonged. This continuing action of light may often be utilized to +advantage. Pictures known to be under-exposed will, if kept till +morning, by that time have acquired the same force as if they had +received the proper exposure. + +DEVELOPMENT consists simply in dissolving the gelatine unaffected by +light, with hot water as the solvent. + +Immerse the exposed tissue in a bath containing cold water. It will +first of all curl up, but afterward lay flat and limp. It is then placed +in another bath containing cold water together with a sheet of glass +which has previously been coated with a 5 per cent. solution of +gelatine. Bring them together face to face, draw them out, and force +into close contact with a large squeegee; then place between blotting +paper for five or ten minutes. In squeegeeing, the tissue should be +uppermost, and a sheet of American cloth laid over it to prevent the +squeegee from damaging it. + +Development should not be attempted for at least twenty minutes, during +which time the glass, with the tissue on it, should be placed between +sheets of blotting paper, and kept under pressure to insure its +adherence to the glass support. After that time it is placed in a dish, +and water heated to a temperature of 100 deg. F. added. The colored +pigment will at once commence to ooze out of the edges, and after a +little time the paper originally holding the carbon film may be removed +with the hand. Then, by gently leveling the picture with the hand, the +superfluous gelatine will be washed away, and if the exposure has been +correct a perfect image should remain. A certain amount of control can +be kept over an autotype picture. An over-exposed print will show itself +by insolubility of the gelatine, and the high light refusing to be +washed clear. The temperature should be raised considerably, and hot +water poured over with a jug. If this fails to reduce the intensity, add +a little ammonia to the water as a last resource, though the better plan +is to make another print, giving less exposure. Under-exposure results +in over-solubility of the gelatine. The half-tones will be washed clean +away. It is rarely an under-exposed print can be saved. All that can be +done is to reduce the temperature of the water. Development should never +be hurried; the slower it is the better the gradation of tone in the +results. + +After development is complete the bichromate salt is discharged, and the +image rendered perfectly insoluble by well washing in cold water and +placing in a dish containing a 5 per cent. solution of potash alum, +after which it is again washed and dried. + +Another method of making a transparency and one that involves less +trouble is by means of the transparency plates which are now in the +market. Of these we have tried Carbutt's with the greatest success. For +these the following instructions are given: + +The requisites are, a deep printing-frame a size larger than the +negative to be used, with a flat glass bottom clear and free from +scratches (crystal plate is best), a dark-room Lantern, or other +artificial light, and Keystone Gelatino-Albumen Plates. Transparencies +can be made same size of negative by contact and exposure to artificial +light, or enlarged or reduced in the camera by daylight, with equal +perfection in result. To make transparencies by contact place one of the +Keystone thin crystal glass transparency plates over the negative in +printing-frame, lay piece of dark soft material over it, close down the +back, and expose to the light of the lantern or to a gas flame or other +artificial light, for 10 to 30 seconds, according to density of +negative, at a distance of 20 inches from the flame. Use the following +developer: + + +EIKONOGEN AND HYDROCHINON DEVELOPER. + +A. + + Metric Weight. Avoirdupois Weight. + + 600 c.c.m Distilled Water 20 ounces + 120 grammes Sulphite of Soda Crystals 4 ounces + 22 grammes Eikonogen 330 grains + 10½ grammes Hydrochinon 160 grains + 960 c.c.m Water to make up to 32 ounces + +B. + + Metric Weight. Avoirdupois Weight. + + 600 c.c.m Distilled Water 20 ounces + 60 grammes Carbonate of Potash 2 ounces + 60 grammes Carbonate Soda Crystals 2 ounces + 960 c.c.m Water to make up to 32 ounces + +For use take 1 ounce (30 c.c.) of A, 3/4 ounce (25 c.c.) of B, with 4 +ounces (120 c.c.) of water. + +More of A will increase density, more of B will increase detail and +softness. Temperature of developer should not vary much below 65 deg. +nor above 75 deg. The after treatment is same as with any other +developer. + +Let the development continue until the blacks look quite strong, and +detail showing in the high-lights; wash off developer, then immerse in + + +CARBUTT'S NEW ACID FIXING AND CLEARING BATH. + + 4 c.c.m Sulphuric Acid 1 drachm + 480 grammes Hyposulphite of Soda 16 ounces + 60 grammes Sulphite of Soda 2 ounces + 30 grammes [D]Chrome Alum 1 ounce + 1920 c.c.m Warm Water 64 ounces + +Dissolve the hyposulphite of soda in 48 ounces (1440 c.c.m.) of water, +the sulphite of soda in 6 ounces (180 c.c.m.) of water; mix the +sulphuric acid with two ounces (60 c.c.m.) of water, and pour slowly +into the sulphite soda solution, and add to the hyposulphite; then +dissolve the chrome alum in 8 ounces (240 c.c.m.) of water and add to +the bulk of solution, and the bath is ready. This fixing bath will not +discolor until after long usage, and both clears up the shadows of the +negative and hardens the film at the same time. + +Let remain two or three minutes after transparency is cleared of all +appearance of silver bromide. Then wash in running water for not less +than half an hour to free from any trace of hypo solution. Swab the +surface with wad of wet cotton, rinse, and place in rack to dry +spontaneously. Then varnish with plain collodion. + + [D] N. B.--During cold weather use only half the quantity + of Chrome Alum in above. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +THE CARBON TISSUE--(SENSITIZING AND EXPOSURE). + + +The carbon tissue used as a resist, which is mounted on the copper +plate, is made by the Autotype Company, London, England. No. 100 +Standard Brown is the right grade to use, though I have reached good +results with No. 103. The No. 100 is a heavier grade than No. 103, and +requires two or three minutes longer exposure than the latter. Use a +deep printing frame with a screw pressure to secure absolute contact, +which is known by iridescent markings appearing on the glass of the +printing frame. A Johnson's actinometer is very useful to time the +exposure. From 4 to 6 tints are necessary. Experience here is the only +guide, as the light varies as well as the density of the negative and +the sensitiveness of the tissue. If one does not have an actinometer, a +slip of albumen paper may be used; as soon as the paper has reached the +darkest point, which is then called one tint, extend it so that a fresh +portion comes out to the light, and so on for the different tints. In +September, for instance, the darkest tint is reached in about 3 to 4 +minutes; two tints and a half or 8 minutes in the shade at midday on a +clear day in September is about right,--this is understood to be with +medium negatives and No. 103 tissue sensitized within three days. + +You should over-expose rather than under-expose, allowance being made +when the acid is used. Print deeply, so that, on development, the +negative tissue on the copper plate shows all the detail clearly in the +shadows. The tissue should not appear very dark on the plate. The copper +should show up through the gelatine clearly and brightly. The thinner +the negative tissue, the quicker the biting of the acid. + + +SENSITIZING THE TISSUE. + +The carbon tissue comes only in rolls of 2½ feet by 12 feet, price +$3.00, not cut. It is not sold in a sensitive condition. Full +instructions with each roll for sensitizing. Tap water will do, but I +would suggest distilled water for making the sensitizing solution of +bichromate of potassium. + + Bichromate of potassium 1 ounce + Water 16 ounces + Alcohol 1/2 drachm + Ammonia 12 drops + +The best way to sensitize the tissue, is to place the tissue face up, +keeping it flat so that the solution reaches all parts at once, removing +all air bubbles, and rubbing in the solution with the fingers until +pliant; the time of immersion is three minutes in winter, two minutes in +summer. The hands should be washed directly after handling the solution, +and care must be taken that there are no cuts on the fingers, as the +solution is very harmful, but if due care is exercised and the hands +well washed immediately with soap, little, if any, trouble will be +experienced; use rubber finger tips as much as possible. Keep the +temperature of the solution at 70 deg. both in summer and winter. Take a +piece of glass free from scratches (an inch larger all round than the +tissue); have the glass ready cleaned with ammonia and talcum powder of +fine whiting, squeegee the sensitized carbon tissue directly from the +solution on to the glass and place to dry at night in a light-tight box; +it will be dry in the morning. + +The tissue is in the best condition for three days after sensitizing; it +can be used up to seven days; it gradually increases in sensitiveness +from day to day. After a week or ten days has elapsed, it is hard to +manage and becomes unreliable. When the tissue is dry take a sharp knife +and cut inside the edge, and strip off one corner. Fairly good results +can be reached by simply drying over a curved piece of pulp board, +which is tied with string on each end, but squeegeeing on glass gives a +sharper result. The addition of ammonia and alcohol to the sensitizing +solution makes it easier to strip the paper from the copper plate, after +the carbon tissue is mounted on the plate, and enables one to develop +the resist in the water at a lower temperature than without it, thus +avoiding pits in the darker portions and white specks or bubbles in the +lights, should the water reach too high a temperature. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +THE CLEANING AND GRAINING OF THE COPPER PLATE, AND GRADE OF COPPER +NECESSARY, AND WHERE AND HOW TO BUY IT AT REASONABLE PRICES. + + +The best copper is recognized by its rosy lustre. Pure copper only +should be used. It can be purchased ready polished and beveled from +several firms in New York. The best way, if large quantities of plates +are required, is to buy the copper in the rough of one firm and have it +polished by another, and bevel it yourself if necessary with a file and +burnish it by hand, or the firm who polish it will do the beveling for +you. + +The Scovill & Adams Co. supply copper-plates of the finest quality, +ready polished, for photogravure work. + +Total cost by this method about one-third less than by purchasing ready +made. It makes a copper plate 1/16 grade, 9 × 11, cost about $1.10. +Order your copper 1/16 in. grade up to 10 × 12; larger sizes 1/8 in. +grade. If you use 1/16 in. grade above this size, the plate is liable to +buckle. Be sure the plate is free from pits and scratches and with a +high polish. Have what the polishers and engravers call a rouge polish. +If they do not supply it, rouge it yourself with powdered rouge and +turpentine, using a ball of absorbent cotton over a large piece of +smooth cork. A good way to buy rouge is in the stick; it is more +economical. Rub the wet cotton on it and the right quantity is assured. +Pits in the copper may be taken out by tapping upon the back with a nail +set, using a small piece of polished steel to lay the face of the plate +on, and localizing the spot with a pair of calipers. The part raised by +the tapping, cut away with the scraper, then rub the spot with Scotch +stone and water, then a piece of engraver's charcoal (cut to a pencil +point), with machine oil; then burnish with the regular engraver's +burnisher and sperm oil, finishing with rouge and refined turpentine. + +When the plate is well polished, make a strong solution of caustic +potash (C.P.), which comes in sticks, as strong as possible, as long as +it does not stain the copper. It should register about 40 deg. with an +actinometer used to test silver solutions. + +Take a piece of absorbent cotton and clean the copper with potash (by +the way, use finger tips); rinse under tap for five minutes, then a +fresh piece of cotton with alcohol at 95 per cent., rinse again with +water, and place in warm water for final rinsing; stand up on corner, or +place in drying frame usually used for negatives; allow to drain. Should +any stains appear, it must be recleaned and all the operations repeated +until it drains off without streaks, for these streaks and spots of +stain are caused by the caustic potassa, which is difficult to remove. +It is as hard to get rid of from the copper as hyposulphite is from a +negative. These streaks retard the acid on the copper wherever they +appear, and cause defects in the recording of the original tones of the +negative. + +The plate is then ready for graining. + + +II.--GRAINING THE COPPER PLATE. + +A grain is required on the copper plate so that the tones will be +reproduced, as copper has not a sufficient grain of its own. The grain +is given to the copper plate by dusting it with powdered Syrian +asphaltum or resin. Have a paste-board box made 18 inches high, 12 +inches wide and 8 inches deep, perfectly air-tight, with a small door +running the whole length on the widest side, an inch or two from the +bottom. Have the inside of the box perfectly smooth; place within the +box 4 ounces finely powdered Syrian asphaltum (sold by Messrs. Theodore +Metcalf & Co., Tremont Street, Boston, Mass.); it is difficult to find +in New York. Shake the box vigorously, place on table, insert a piece of +wood an inch high made in shape of cross (or open square, or have +netting of wire raised an inch from the bottom of the box); the copper +plate, previously cleaned, is at once placed face up upon it. Instead of +shaking the box it can be arranged upon supports (see fig. 1), and +revolved. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.] + +Close the door instantly, and let the plate remain about two minutes; +carefully remove the plate and place it on a Florence oil lamp, holding +the plate with a hand vise, watch carefully until the powder disappears +from the surface and the plate slightly smokes, then stand aside to +cool. Do not keep the plate too long on the heater, or the particles of +dust will run together, forming an impenetrable varnish over the plate. +This part of the process is not difficult, but requires practice. +Preserve each atom of dust as much as possible, examine with magnifying +glass and, when cool, test with finger nail; if it rubs off easily, it +has not been heated enough; then the plate must be re-cleaned and again +powdered. To get a good all-round working grain, suitable for medium +subjects, the plate should be placed at once in the box after shaking; +thus the coarser particles that fall first, and the finer, which +gradually settle, will combine after two or three minutes. + +Many combinations will be suggested to the student by practice to suit +the subject; for instance, waiting for two minutes and then inserting +the plate, gives a fine grain for delicate subjects. Powdered dragon's +blood (resin) in combination with asphaltum makes a beautiful grain; a +separate box may be used for the dragon's blood; the asphaltum first +dusted on the plate, then inserted in the dragon's blood box for twenty +or thirty seconds, then melted together. The dragon's blood melts first, +then the asphaltum. + +The air brush is also used by professionals; it throws a resinous spirit +varnish, coarse or fine, as required. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +DEVELOPMENT OF NEGATIVE RESIST ON THE COPPER PLATE, AND PREPARATION FOR +BITING WITH ACID THROUGH THE GELATINE. + + +Have a wooden box made 24 inches long, by 12 inches high, 12 inches +wide, with door 6 inches high on side, fastened with hinges, top and +bottom of box open; cover top with sheet zinc. Place inside Florence oil +lamp; the door is valuable to regulate the heat. On top of box place +deep porcelain tray, 11 × 14, fill with water half full; in the water +place two pieces of plate glass 1/2 inch high and 4 inches long, on +which to place copper to keep it from the bottom of the tray. Slide the +copper plate into the water, removing all air bubbles, keeping the +fingers off the surface of the plate. Take the sensitized and exposed +tissue and place face down in the cold water (65 deg.) sliding it +gradually in at further end of the paper so as to avoid air bubbles; the +instant the paper curls backward, place it over the copper plate and +remove it quickly from the water. This has to be done with celerity or +it will be found difficult to mount the tissue with the squeegee on the +copper, and also it should be exactly placed with reference to the top +and sides of the copper; all this, of course, to be done under water, +never allow it to slip up out of it. Place plate on table and squeegee +into place, stroking firmly from the centre, each way. Place face down +on clean blotting paper, under heavy weight for fifteen minutes. While +plate is under pressure (which is necessary to enable the gelatine to +expand and attach itself to the plate), start the lamp gradually, and by +the time the paper is ready the water should register on the thermometer +75 deg. Slide the plate under water removing air bubbles as they +appear, with a ball of absorbent cotton; when the heat of the water +reaches 90 deg. Fahr., the gelatine commences to ooze from all around +the edges of the paper, and after the plate has remained in the water +about ten minutes after the showing up of the gelatine (at the +temperature from 90 to 95 deg.), take a pin and carefully raise the +paper at the corner, gradually pulling away the paper toward the +opposite corner, keeping the hand close to the water; should the +gelatine which adheres to the plate appear to lift, wait a few minutes +longer and start another corner. After the paper is stripped from the +plate, gently develop the negative resist with a piece of fresh +absorbent cotton, delicately rubbing the surface, edges first, and lave +the plate up and down in the water, keeping the temperature steadily at +90 to 95 deg., by raising or lowering the lamp. (Should the paper be +under-exposed and appear very black on the copper, develop at 100 to 110 +deg., not over. If over-exposed it will appear very thin, and the heat +of the water must not go over 90 deg.; it will strip at 88 to 90 deg.) +Then the negative image gradually appears, the darks first, which are of +course the brightest portions; when all detail appears in the shadows +and the negative stands out clear and bright, take it out of the +dark-room (which is lighted with an ordinary lamp), and gently wash +under the tap with clean and cold water at 65 to 70 deg. + +Dry the resist with alcohol, pouring it over the plate from one end, +starting with half alcohol and half water, gradually adding more alcohol +and eliminating the water, until a final flooding with absolute alcohol +is reached; use fresh solutions of alcohol and water for each copper; +don't use old alcohol for anything except cleaning the copper at the +end, and for removing the spirit varnish. Stand up to dry against the +wall, face out, and standing square on the bottom of the plate, in the +same position as you flooded it with alcohol; it will be dry in twenty +minutes if rightly flooded. The bare copper should now be protected by a +strong varnish in alcohol (it must flow freely off the brush); a good +varnish for this purpose, and the best I know of, is an etcher's +asphaltum stopping-out varnish, sold by Messrs. Devoe & Co., New York; +price 50 cents per bottle. Should it get thick as you come to the bottom +of the bottle, add a little spirits of lavender until it flows again +freely. Take an architect's ruling pen and carefully rule a line with +the varnish up to the edge of the picture, making it exactly true with +the sides of the plate and the space on each side of the work the same +with the top, the bottom space slightly larger; make sure that it +slightly comes inside the picture. Keep the rule away from the surface +of the gelatine, as it is very delicate. Then cover all the rest of the +copper, protecting the bare parts and bevel, and bringing the varnish up +to the line. Allow to dry hard; about twenty minutes will do. Form a +wall about the resist, with walling wax, about an inch high; make a lip +at one corner, the further left hand one, for instance; see that there +are no leaks. There are several grades of wax, but Liedel & Co.'s is the +best; when ordering you should give the name as modeling wax; gray is a +good color. Pans can be used made of tin and varnished, or porcelain +trays, protecting the back and edges of the plate with varnish, but I +find the wax very helpful, especially on large plates. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +THE ACID BATHS.--HOW TO MAKE THEM AND METHOD OF BITING THROUGH THE +GELATINE. + + +Perchloride of iron C.P. is the acid generally used for this purpose; it +is a still acid, and if the room is well ventilated no harm to health +results, but care must be taken to air the baths after making to get rid +of the surplus chlorine. + +Four baths are used, each of different strengths, the strongest is used +first, the weakest last. I quote from the catalogue of the Boston Art +Museum, of the exhibition illustrating the technical methods of the +Reproductive Arts and Photo-Mechanical Processes, held January 8, 1892: +"Photo-aquatint (photogravure) for the production of half-tone intaglio +plates from photographs from nature, paintings, etc. A dry aquatint +ground is laid on a metal plate, and over this is mounted a gelatine +negative film, made by the pigment printing process. To obtain this +negative film a _reversed_ positive on glass has first to be made. The +reason why this positive must be reversed will become clear when the +nature of the manipulations in the pigment printing process, which +involves the turning of the film, are considered. The film mounted on +the plate is a washout relief, thickest in those parts which are to show +white in the impressions from the plate, and gradually growing thinner +toward the darkest parts, where it is thinnest. The film acts as a +'resist' to the mordant, allowing it to pass freely in the thinnest +parts, and less freely as it increases in thickness. If, however, the +film were mounted on the bare plate, and the biting then proceeded with, +the result would be of no practical use, as the plate would present +merely shallow hollows, incapable of holding the ink, and which would +therefore be wiped out in the attempt to clean the surface of the plate. +This is, however, prevented by the aquatint ground, which allows the +mordant to circulate only in the channels around the resinous particles +of which it consists, and thus produces a grain precisely as in ordinary +aquatinting. The mordant used in perchloride of iron, which is a 'still +mordant,' _i.e._, one which does not evolve bubbles of gas. An +effervescent mordant cannot be used as the bubbles rising under the film +would tear it up. In biting, successive baths of varying strength are +made. + +"A strong solution of perchloride of iron penetrates only the thinner +parts of the film, whereas a weaker acts also through the thicker parts. +The biting, therefore, begins with a strong solution, which acts only in +the darkest parts, and followed up with weaker and weaker solutions, +which continue the biting in the darks and at the same time carry it on +gradually toward the lights. If necessary, the plate is worked over with +the burnisher to brighten the lights, and with roulettes, etc., to +strengthen the darks." + +Purchase nine (9) pounds of perchloride of iron in crystals (45 cents +per pound), take a wide-mouthed gallon jar, place within half a gallon +of distilled water, add the iron until it tests 30 deg. by a Beaumé +hydrometer, pour off enough to fill a one-litre glass stoppered bottle, +after filtering through absorbent cotton. Keep adding the iron to the +jar until the strength of each bath is reached. To the strongest +solution add half a drachm of C. P. muriatic acid, and to the weakest +half a drachm C. P. nitric acid; the nitric acid is added so that in the +last biting a good final nip is given to the copper. + +I here give my own formula, with those recommended by others. + +The four (4) baths should be well aired for a day (in broad pans) in the +open air before filtering. + + +FORMULA FOR ACID BATHS. + +(H. R. BLANEY.) + + No. 1 should register to Beaumé's scale 42 deg. + No. 2 " " " " " 37 deg. + No. 3 " " " " " 33 deg. + No. 4 " " " " " 30 deg. + +The temperature of the bath to be at 63 deg. Fahr. when tested. + +(DENISON'S.) + +No. 1 should be made to register Beaumé's scale, 45 deg., the percentage +of perchloride in this solution is 47, and the specific gravity 1.444. + + No. 2, 40 deg.; percentage, 41; spec. grav. 1.375 + No. 3, 38 " " 38; " 1.339 + No. 4, 35 " " 35; " 1.313 + No. 5, 27 " " 27; " 1.225 + +From an article in the _Photographic News_ (English), Nov. 1, 1889, as +practiced in India. + + +BITING BATH. + +(WATERHOUSE.) + + No. 1, sp. grav., 1.444; ap. per ct. of Fe_{2}, Cl_{6} = 47 + No. 2, " 1.375; " " 41 + No. 3, " 1.339; " " 38 + No. 4, " 1.313; " " 35 + No. 5, " 1.225; " " 27 + +A stronger solution of 48 deg. has been tried (by the above) but has no +penetrating power through even the thinnest film. + + +ANOTHER FORMULA. + +For large plates, 20 lbs. perchloride of iron and distilled water, until +weight amounts to 1.500 grammes per 1000 c.c. From this four (4) +solutions are made, at + + No. 1, 42 deg. Beaumé; spec. grav. 1.420 + No. 2, 38 " " " 1.375 + No. 3, 35 " " " 1.330 + No. 4, 31 " " " 1.285 + +The plate is now ready for biting. Keep a record of the bitings, and +length of time for each one, for after-study; also note the time of +exposure of the tissue, age of same, etc., etc. + +Pour the acid from a glass graduate with one sweep over the plate, +removing all bubbles with a feather, noting the time of immersion so as +to guide you. Start with 42 deg., having ready the 37 deg. in another +graduate, watch carefully the action of the acid, and if the resist has +been properly printed, the action of the acid will show after a minute; +if longer it means a generally longer biting for each bath. + + +AVERAGE BITINGS. + + 42 deg., No. 1 5 minutes + 37 deg., No. 2 5 minutes + 33 deg., No. 3 2 minutes + 30 deg., No. 4 2 minutes + + Temperature of bath at 70 deg. Fahr., with No. 103 tissue. + +Total of different bitings, from 10 to 25 minutes, according to depth of +printing. It always varies. There is no hard and fast rule; you must in +time learn to judge by your eye alone. The acid will first attack the +thinnest part of the film, wherever that may be, and when the darkening +of the copper ceases to spread to the next thickest parts, instantly +pour off the acid, and pour on the 37 deg. Do not allow the atmosphere +to act on the gelatine while biting any longer than is necessary to pour +off one bath and quickly pour on a new one. The 37 and 33 deg. baths are +for the middle tones, the 30 deg. for the most delicate ones. The action +of each bath is cumulative, the 37 deg. biting a little where the 42 +deg. had bitten, the 33 deg. doing the same for those before it, besides +taking care of itself, and the 30 deg. attacking all more or less. +During the biting with the 30 deg. solution, it should be continued +until the whites just turn color, and a minute beyond; that is, the +copper should begin to show a very little under the thickest and darkest +film. + +(Note that in the carbon resist the shadows are transparent and the high +lights are opaque.) + +The length of the last biting very seldom is over two minutes. It is +better to overbite your darks, and underbite your lights, if you vary +any. + +The amount of moisture in the air and the heat of the day influences the +length of biting. In hot weather in summer it is very difficult to work +the process, the walling wax being discarded and the copper (back and +edges protected by varnish) placed in a porcelain tray, surrounded by +ice-water and kept at 65 to 70 deg., and the acid pured over the plate +to the depth of one inch. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +CLEANING AND POLISHING THE PLATE, WITH TOOLS NECESSARY FOR RETOUCHING. + + +When the biting is finished rapidly place the plate under the tap and +rinse thoroughly, breaking away the film with your fingers; it seems to +have rotted under the action of the acid and is easily removed. + +Remove the walling wax, clean off the varnish with chloroform or +turpentine, or alcohol first, and chloroform last. This leaves a dim +picture on the plate, with a kind of scum over it; wet the plate with +turpentine and start heavily with rouge, rubbing to and fro equally all +over the plate with a ball of absorbent cotton; continue this treatment, +using less and less rouge and more turpentine until you give the final +polish to the high lights with a clean dry piece of cotton. Be very +careful not to overdo in rouging; the scum (if the biting of the plate +is of medium strength) should clear from the plate with hardly a touch, +and with very little rouging. Some plates require a great deal of +rouging; it then generally means that you must look to your sensitizer. +I again draw your attention to the rouging; here is where any artistic +feeling you may possess will come into play with taste and patience. + +After the plate is rouged sufficiently, an engraver's burnisher is used +to clean up the highest lights and to modify others. Two or three +roulettes of different fineness are valuable to touch up any darks that +need deepening; it matches very well with the grain, but I am always +trying to dispense with the use of the roulettes; one ought to get it +with the acid alone. A No. 6 sewing needle in a holder (dentist's +pin-holder, screw end) is necessary to touch out occasional white +specks. You will have plenty of them at first unless you look out +carefully for dust on the film; keep all your solutions constantly +attended to by occasional filtering, and don't use your sensitizing +solution more than half a dozen times; keep it well corked; if it gets +old it scums the plate too much. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +PRINTING THE PLATE AND STEEL FACING. + + +Before final finishing by hand a working proof should be printed from +the plate by an expert plate printer, by which, what the plate needs can +be determined before final proving. + +Have the plate proved on different papers, and with different colored +inks, so as to judge the effect. Imperial Japan is the best paper, +besides etching paper, India, thin Chinese and Japanese papers. The cost +of proving per single proof is 25 cents for a 4 × 6 plate on Imp. Japan, +about $2.00 per doz. same paper; etching paper, about $5.00 per +100--less for large quantities. + +A second-hand D press, suitable for printing large or small editions or +for proving, can be bought in Boston or New York for from $75 to $100. +For instructions in printing see Hamerton's "Etchers and Etching." + + +STEEL FACING. + +The life of a photogravure plate without steel facing does not last much +beyond 75 impressions, so that if an edition is needed, send the plate +to any good printer who will have it steel-faced for you; their charges +are very moderate, about 50 cents for a 4 × 6 plate. The steel-facing is +accomplished by first making the plate chemically clean, as before +preparation for graining, only be very thorough in using an old +tooth-brush to get out the dirt and in addition use chloroform before +using potash. Then solder a copper wire on to the back. The negative +wire is attached to the copper plate. To the positive pole of the quart +Smee battery is fastened a bright steel plate same size of copper, in a +gallon jar. The plates are hung from glass rods 1/2 inch apart, a +sufficient quantity of the following solution to be poured into the jar: + +(DENISON'S.) + + Warm water 20 ounces + Ammonium chloride 3 ounces + Sulphate of iron and ammonia 4 ounces + +Filter, and let stand for 24 hours. Five (5) minutes will cover the +plate with a thin film of steel. + + +(OBERNETTER'S.) + +"Place the copper plate in a porcelain tray on the bottom of which rests +a brightly burnished copper wire, the negative pole. + +"The anode on the positive pole, a bright steel plate, is suspended over +the copper plate, and kept in motion while the circuit is closed. A +precipitate of steel, resembling silver in appearance, must instantly +occur upon the copper plate, any air-bells to be removed. Five minutes +is sufficient to deposit a perfect steel coating." Grease the plate +after steel facing, to keep off the rust. Formula: + +(OBERNETTER'S.) + + Distilled water 1 litre + Chloride of ammonium 60 grammes + Proto sulphate of iron 30 grammes + Iron alum 30 grammes + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR PHOTOGRAVURE, AND LIST OF FIRMS SUPPLYING THEM. + + +_Materials._ + + Printing Frame (deep), 8 × 10, screw pressure, $8. + Roll Carbon Tissue, No. 100; Standard Brown, $3. + Johnson Actinometer, $1.25. + Beaumé Hydrometer, $1.25 (with glass). + Silver " (argentometer) 75c. + Engravers' Scraper, $1.75, best grade. + " Burnisher, $1.75, " + Powder Box for graining (paste-board), $1. + Powdered Syrian Asphaltum, $1 per pound. + Nine (9) pounds Perchloride of Iron (C. P. crystals), 45c. per pound. + Stick Rouge, 20c. + Turpentine, 20c. (refined). + Alcohol (95 per cent.). + Modeling Wax, $1.25. + One Ps. Scotch Stone, 25c. + One dozen Glass Blowers' Charcoal, $2.00 per dozen sticks (for + polishing copper). + One pound Absorbent Cotton, 50c. + One pound Caustic Potash C. P. (sticks). + One Porcelain Tray, deep, 11 × 14, $3.50. + One Florence Hand Lamp, 75c. + One Squeegee. + Three Roulettes, $1.50 each. + Hand Vise, 75c. + Calipers, 50c. + Dairy Thermometer, 25 c. + One bottle Etchers' Varnish, 50c. + One ounce Chloroform, 20c. + Six ounces Bichromate Potassium. + One pound Concentrated Ammonia. + + +LIST OF FIRMS SUPPLYING MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAVURE. + +The Scovill & Adams Co., 423 Broome Street. Photographic Materials and +Photo-Engravers' Supplies. + +Messrs. Bestgen & Co., 1001 Washington Street, Boston, Mass. Polishers +of Copper Plates. + +Mr. George Schard, 116 Wooster Street, New York. Polisher Copper Plates. + +Mr. Jos. Wheeler, 299 Washington Street, Boston, Mass. Printer of +Photogravures. + +Messrs. J. H. Daniels & Co., Oliver Street, Boston, Mass. Printers of +Photogravures. + +Messrs. Frost & Adams, Cornhill, Boston, Mass. Engravers' and Etchers' +Supplies. + +Messrs. F. W. Devoe & Co., Fulton Street, New York. Engravers' and +Etchers' Supplies. + +Messrs. Fusch & Lang, 29 Warren Street, New York. Engravers' Supplies. + +Mr. Alfred Sellers, 58 Fulton Street, New York. Engravers' Supplies +(screw pressure printing frames). + +Messrs. John Sellers & Sons, 17 Dey Street, New York. Engravers' +Supplies. + +Messrs. Eimer & Amend, 18th Street and 3d Avenue, New York. Chemists, +Glassblowers Charcoal. + +Messrs. Theodore Metcalf & Co., Tremont Street, Boston, Mass. Chemists. + +Messrs. Kimmel & Voigt, 242 Canal Street, New York. Expert Photogravure +Printers. + +Messrs. Whitely & Co., Centre Street, New York. Polisher of Copper +Plates. + +Messrs. Gilderslieve & Co., 18th Street, New York. Blankets for Press. + +Mr. Charles Creedner, 19 South William Street, Room 4, New York. Japan +Paper. + +Mr. Geo. B. Sharp, 13 Baxter Street, New York. Copper Plates. + +Messrs. F. A. Ringler, 21 Barclay Street, New York. Steel Facing Copper +Plates, Printers of Photogravures. + +Messrs. Leidel & Co., 901 6th Avenue, corner 51st Street, New York. +Modeling Wax; Etchers' Supplies. + +Thomas Hall (Electrician), Bromfield Street, Boston, Mass. Hydrometers +(Smee's Battery), etc. + +New York Steel and Copper Plate Co., 171 Wallabout Street, Brooklyn, +N. Y. + +Mr. Jas. Moffet, 159 Wooster Street, New York. Copper Plates in the +Rough. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +BOOKS AND ARTICLES ON PHOTOGRAVURE. PUBLISHED FROM 1888 TO 1893. + + +LA PHOTOGRAVURE facile et à bon marché. Par l'Abbé Ferret. Paris. 1889. +Price, 1 fr. 25 cents. + +Manuel d'Heliographie et de Photogravure en Relief. Par G. Bonnet. 1890. +Paris. 2 fr. 50 cents. + +Photogravure. By W. T. Wilkinson. 1890. London, E. C. Published by +Messrs Iliffe & Son, 3 St. Bride Street. Price, 1_s._ 6_d._ + +Photo-Engraving and Photo-Etching. By W. T. Wilkinson. Sold by The +Scovill & Adams Co., New York. Price, $3.00. + +Hamerton's "Etchers and Etching." Roberts Bros., Boston, Mass. Price, +$4.00. + +Photo-Etching in India. Article in _Photographic News_ (English), +November 1, 1889. + +"Photogravure, or Photographic Etching on Copper." By Herbert Denison. A +lecture delivered before the Photographic Society of Great Britain. +Printed in THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES, April 21st, 1893, and following +issues. + +Photogravure or Photo-Etching. Article in _Wilson's Magazine_, +1890-1891. + +Notes on Photo-Aquatint. Catalogue of Exhibition, Illustrating the +Reproductive Arts and Photo-Mechanical Processes. Address S. R. Koehler, +Boston Art Museum, Boston, Mass. + + * * * * * + + + + + Merck's Pyrogallic Acid + + + will be found, upon comparison, to be _superior_ in every respect to + all other brands on the market. Its distinctive points of superiority + are: + + 1ST.--ABSOLUTE PURITY + 2D.--PERFECT CRYSTALLIZATION + 3D.--IMMACULATE WHITENESS + 4TH.--EXTREME LIGHTNESS + 5TH.--MODERATE COST + + (Its price is not higher than that of any other make.) + + [Illustration] + + + Merck's Pyrogallic Acid + + produces the highest intensity to be desired in a photographic plate, + and, at the same time, the finest detail in light and shade required + for the most perfect printing negative. + + Under ordinary precaution, it retains all its superior qualities + undiminished for an indefinite length of time. + + WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY "=MERCK'S.=" + TO BE HAD OF ALL DEALERS. + + + TESTIMONIALS. + + + "I have tested Merck's pyro carefully in comparison with the other + pyros at present on the market, and I find that it is superior to + any and all of them." + + Prof. CHARLES EHRMANN, + Instructor of the Chautauqua School of Photography. + + + "I shall, in future, certainly use no other pyro but Merck's. The + best is always good enough for me." + + ALFRED STIEGLITZ, + Editor _American Amateur Photographer_. + + + "Merck's Pyrogallic Acid will be found a very superior article. Its + purity is absolute, with quick crystallization and immaculate + whiteness. In use, it produces the highest intensity that can be + desired in the negatives. The detail in light and shade is perfect, + producing printing qualities unsurpassed by any pyro we have ever + used." + + ST. LOUIS AND CANADIAN PHOTOGRAPHER. + + + "Merck's pyro has undergone a severe test in my hands. I find it to + possess many qualities which give it superiority over all other + makes. Authorities place the solubility of pyro as one part in two + of water. I found one ounce of Merck's to dissolve readily in 1:7 of + water at 60°. It is extremely light, pure, and of a fine white + color, giving rich negatives full of vigor and sparkling + brilliancy." + + WALTER E. WOODBURY, + Editor of _The Photographic Times_. + + + "I have used Merck's Pyrogallic Acid, and prefer it to all others." + + B. W. KILBURN, + Official Photographer (Stereoscopic), at the Columbian World's + Fair, and San Francisco Mid-Winter Exposition. + + + "I have tried Merck's pyro and must certainly say it is the best I + ever used. The results I have obtained with it are remarkably fine." + + W. B. POST, + Amateur Photographer, New York. + + + MORENO STUDIO, Fifth Ave., New York. + + "I have been using Merck's pyro in my studio, and am very well + pleased with it. It is clean, gives brilliant negatives, and is + reliable, one day's work being exactly the same as another's." + + A. MORENO. + + + "I have been using Merck's pyro, and am ready to indorse the high + praise which you have found it entitled to: 'that it is superior in + point of purity, lightness and solubility' to any like product that + I have seen. In fact, 'the new and improved process' seems to reach + in its result the point beyond which it is impossible to go--that + is, perfection. This was my impression at first sight, and using + serves only to confirm it. + + In my opinion, pyro stands at the head of all developers of dry + plates, and I am much mistaken if Merck's pyro, when known, does not + lead all brands of pyro." + + W. H. SHERMAN, + Professional Photographer, Milwaukee. + + * * * * * + + + Scovill & Adams Photo-Engraving Materials, + Combined in a small outfit for Half-tone Photo-Engraving. + + The articles contained in this outfit are all that is necessary for + the Half-tone Process, except when the installation of large and + expensive machinery is warranted. + + 1 10 x 12 American Optical Co. Enlarging, Reducing and + Copying Camera, fitted with Patent Screen Plate + Holder $56.00 + 1 Camera Swing 20.00 + 1 Copy Board 2.00 + 1 Max Levy Screen, 133 lines to the inch, 10 x 12 80.00 + 1 Max Levy Screen, 150 lines to the inch, 10 x 12 95.00 + 1 Rectilinear Lens, Rapid Paragon, 10 x 12, w. D. 68.00 + 2 2-qt. Funnels, glass, 25c. .50 + 6 8-oz. " " 12c. .72 + 1 pkg. No. 33 Filtering Paper .75 + 2 Hydrometers, 50c. 1.00 + 2 11 x 14 Glass Baths in Studio Box, $7 14.00 + 1 Rubber Dipper .60 + 1 2-gall. Evap. Dish 3.00 + 2 10 x 12 Porcelain Trays, $1.66 3.32 + 2 10 x 12 Vulcanite Trays, $1.75 3.50 + 2 16-oz. Graduates, 75c. 1.50 + 4 4-oz. " 30c. 1.20 + 1 9 x 11 Printing Frame, 1-in. glass 9.50 + 1 8 x 10 Retouching Frame 3.75 + 2 large Neg. Racks 6.00 + 1 13-in. French Hand Roller 7.00 + 1 Composition Roller, 12-in. 4.00 + 2 Pincers 2.00 + 2 Acid Brushes 3.50 + 1 Ink Spatula 1.00 + 1 Hook for cutting Zinc Plates 1.50 + Retouching Brushes .50 + 1 gal. Absolute Alcohol 4.00 + 3½ lbs. Ether 2.63 + 4 oz. Pary's Gun Cotton, 50c. 2.00 + 4 oz. Iodide Potass., 30c. 1.20 + 2 oz. Resubl. Iodine, 35c. .70 + 3 lbs. Nitrate Silver Crystal, $8.50 25.50 + 1 lb. Absorbent Cotton, 1 lb. packages .75 + 5 lbs. Protosulph. Iron, 10c. .50 + 1 lb. Citric Acid .70 + 1 " Bichloride Mercury 1.00 + 5 " Cyanide Potash 3.25 + 1 " Glycerine .30 + 5 b'ks Blue Litmus Paper, 5c. .25 + 1 lb. Aqua Ammonia fort. .32 + 1/2 lb. Nitric Acid, C. P. .45 + 1 gall. Benzole 1.50 + 1 lb. Bichromate Ammonia .75 + 1 " Caustic Potash .15 + 8 " Com'l Nitric Acid, 45c. 3.60 + 1 " Ferri Chloride, 1 bot. .30 + 1 " Rubber Cement, 1 can .30 + 1 " Nitrate Lead, 1 bot. 1.00 + 1 " Ferricyan. Potash, 1 bot. 1.00 + 1/2 " Transfer Ink 2.50 + 1/2 " Engraver's Charcoal 1.50 + 1 " Pumice Stone .10 + 5 " Sulphate Copper, 40c. 2.00 + 2 " 3/8-in. Brass Pins, 40c. .80 + 1 " Lith. Ink, black 3.50 + 2 galls. Le Page's Liquid Glue, $2.25 4.50 + 1 Shoot Board and Plane 25.00 + 1 set Engraving Tools 1.50 + 1 " Finishing " 2.50 + 1 ½-in. Flat File .50 + 1 1-in. " .85 + 1 set Ass'd Sable Pencils, Nos. 1 to 6 .62 + 1 Darlot Focusing Glass 2.50 + 1 5-in. Engraver's Pad, filled 1.00 + 1 Egg Beater .30 + 1 set Roulettes 6.00 + 1 ream Proof Paper 10.00 + 1 16-oz. plain Collodion Vial .55 + 1 lb. best Dragon's Blood .85 + Polished Zinc Plates, sq. in. .01 + " Copper " " .01¼ + + SEND FOR THE PHOTO-ENGRAVERS' CATALOGUE to + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO., 423 Broome St., N.Y. + + * * * * * + + + Copying Cameras + FOR + PHOTO-ENGRAVING. + + The Scovill Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Cameras. + + With S. & A. Photo-Engravers' Adjustable Screen Plate Holder. + + [Illustration] + + No. 61. Size, 6½ × 8½, 4 ft. bed Price, $38.00 + " 62. " 8 × 10, 5 ft. bed " 43.00 + " 63. " 10 × 12, 5 " " 56.00 + " 64. " 11 × 14, 5 " " 68.00 + " 65. " 14 × 17, 6 " " 80.00 + " 66. " 17 × 20, 7 " " 95.00 + " 67. " 20 × 24, 7 " " 118.00 + + _Special sizes and styles made to order._ + + The form of construction of this Camera is made apparent + by the illustration here shown. + + * * * * * + + + SCOVILL + COPYING CAMERAS. + + With S. & A. Photo-Engravers' Adjustable Screen Plate Holder. + + [Illustration] + + These Cameras are made of hardwood, shellacked, not varnished. + Naturally they are without swing, but in every requisite they are + complete; and for this particular service, as well as others, the + American Optical Company's make is sought for before all others. + Such varied lengths of bed are required and ordered, that we can + only give a price list for Copying Cameras with the regulation + length of bed. We make them to order of any length of platform + desired, either rigid or detachable, and with either single or + double bellows. + + Estimates promptly and cheerfully furnished. + + No. 70. 6½ × 8½, with bed 3 feet in length Price, $33.00 + " 71. 8 × 10, " 3¾ " " 38.00 + " 72. 10 × 12, " 4 " " 46.00 + " 73. 11 × 14, " 4½ " " 53.00 + " 74. 14 × 17, " 5 " " 66.00 + " 75. 17 × 20, " 6 " " 72.00 + " 76. 20 × 24, " 6 " " 98.00 + + _Larger sizes made to order._ + + When ordering Copying Camera, please give length of cone, if that is + needed. + + * * * * * + + + The S. & A. Photo-Engravers' Adjustable Screen Plate Holder. + + [Illustration] + + (Patent applied for.) + + This Holder, as is shown in the cut above, is a great improvement + over any heretofore manufactured for photo-engraving purposes. Its + principal points of superiority are, briefly: + + First.--The ease with which it is adjusted for different size plates + and screens, by a simple sliding movement of the two inside frames + to or from the centre, and thus dispensing with the expensive and + troublesome use of kit frames. + + Second.--The convenience by which the screen plate is accurately + adjusted to the sensitized plate by means of the metallic sliding + adjusters. (Heretofore it has been necessary to do the adjusting by + means of inserting different thicknesses of cardboard, paper, etc.) + + Third.--Different thicknesses in the screen plates are allowed for + by means of a spring which always holds the plate in accurate place, + no matter what its thickness may be. + + Fourth.--A graduated scale on each screen adjuster makes it easy to + always insure absolute accuracy in determining the distance of the + screen plate from the wet plate. + + Fifth.--The simplicity of construction and excellent workmanship of + the entire holder, being made, as it is, in the factory of the + famous American Optical Company. + + And, altogether, it is an ingeniously designed and beautifully + constructed holder, which will be found of indispensable aid to the + practical photographer. + + These holders are thicker than the ordinary plate holders, and if it + is desired to use them on a camera the ground glass of which is + focused for the ordinary plate holder, a new ground glass frame is + necessary in order to adjust the focus. When ordering a holder to + fit a camera in use, send the old holder or the old ground glass + frame, so that the new ones can be made to fit the camera. Also + state the size of largest and smallest screen plate to be used in + holder. + + It is made in various sizes. Prices as follows: Frames _only_; + for Ground Glass. + + 8 × 10 size $15.50 $1.50 + 10 × 12 " 21.00 1.50 + 11 × 14 " 26.50 1.88 + 14 × 17 " 29.00 2.25 + 17 × 20 " 32.50 2.63 + 18 × 22 " 36.00 2.63 + 20 × 24 " 40.75 3.00 + + If adjustment from the outside of holder is desired, add $2.00 to + above prices. + + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO., 423 Broome St., New York City. + + * * * * * + + + The Scovill Printing Frames for Photo-Engraving. + + [Illustration] + + The Printing Frames made by the American Optical Co. for + photo-engraving are like everything else manufactured by this + factory, of the highest degree of perfection, and the utmost care + was given to the comparative distance of screws so as to produce an + even pressure. Many negatives have been either ruined or snapped by + the use of imperfect Printing Frames. + + [Illustration] + + The American Optical Co. Printing Frames for photo-engraving are the + only safe ones on the market. + + PRICES. + + 8 × 10, including one-inch glass $8.00 + 10 × 12, " " " 11.02 + 9 × 11, " " " 9.50 + 11 × 14, " " " 13.00 + 14 × 17, " " " 19.00 + + Larger and special sizes made to order. + + * * * * * + + + To Photo Engravers: + + Having systematically undertaken the improvement of photo engravers' + appliances, we follow the S. & A. Photo Engravers' Adjustable Screen + Plate Holder, and the S. & A. accurately adjusted Photo-Engraving + Printing Frames, with the + + S. & A. + Photo-Engraving Etching Tub, + + to which we call the attention of those interested in this business. + We extend to them a cordial invitation to examine the same at our + salesrooms. + + [Illustration] + + These Photo-Engraving Etching Tubs will "fill a long felt want" with + the photo engravers, as they are constructed so as to resist the + strongest acids, and combine the features suggested by practical + experience. + + The tub measures, inside, 48½ inches long, 20¼ inches wide, + and 7-5/8 inches deep, and the price of same is $10.00. + + Very truly yours, + + =The Scovill & Adams Co.= + + * * * * * + + + [Illustration] + + IN OLDEN TIMES + + people were satisfied to worry along with whatever crude appliances + came easiest to hand.... + + =The material progress= of the nineteenth century, however, has + created a demand for a higher order of mechanical products than was + formerly deemed essential, and this is peculiarly the case with.... + + Process Engravers. + + =To meet this demand=, the firm of JOHN ROYLE & SONS have devoted the + best part of their time, for the past 25 years, to the improvement of + the mechanical accessories to Process Engraving, and with what + success is best testified to by the fact that their machinery is + used exclusively by the _best_ Process Engravers, both in the United + States and abroad. + + JOHN ROYLE & SONS, + Paterson, N. J., U. S. A. + + * * * * * + + + Chrome=Gelatine and + Photo=Gelatine. + + Chrome-Gelatine is a perfected modification of the three-color + printing process. It is so named from the Gelatine process of + printing being used to produce the resulting pictures, which are + allowed to be really wonderful, and which may be reproductions from + original Oil Paintings, Water-colors, Views from Nature, Objects of + Still Life, Textile Fabrics--indeed, all classes of work copied from + originals in color. The results, in all cases, are produced from + three-color negatives. Artists, whose works have been reproduced by + this method, express their satisfaction of the results in the + highest terms, without qualification. + + N. Y. Photogravure Co. + 137 West 23d Street, + New York. + + * * * * * + + + Photogravure and Aquarelle + + (_Photogravure in Colors._) + + Photogravures are of all classes of subjects. + + An important modification of this process has recently been perfected + (patent applied for), by which the delicacy of the gelatine print is + maintained, at the same time that great strength and color is produced + in the shadows. The plates thus made are very durable, and show but + little wear after many thousands of impressions have been produced. + Moreover, they require no finishing or handling after having been + etched, and are quite easily printed. + + Aquarelles are printed from photogravure plates, inked up locally in a + variety of colors. When the whole of the plate has been so inked, the + impression is pulled. The results are beautiful, but the process of + printing is exceedingly slow--three or four impressions a day, only, + being obtainable from a moderate sized plate. + + N. Y. Photogravure Co. + 137 West 23d Street, + New York. + + * * * * * + + + Publications + + THE N. Y. PHOTOGRAVURE CO. has on hand thousands of subjects of all + classes, available for the purposes of illustration, and at the + service of its customers. The newest and best subjects are being + continually added to this collection. Sets of illustrations selected + with the greatest care and skill, for any desired purpose. + + The N. Y. Photogravure Co. + 137 West 23d Street, + New York. + + * * * * * + + + SUN AND SHADE. + + An Artistic Periodical. + Published Monthly. + + Forty cents a number. Four dollars a year. Each number contains eight + exquisite Photogravures, Photo-gelatines or Color Prints, by the + new Chrome-gelatine process, printed on paper 11 × 14 inches, with + descriptive letter-press. Six volumes are now complete, price $4.00 + each. Each volume contains nearly one hundred plates. The whole six + volumes form a complete gallery of current art. + + "SUN AND SHADE reproduces not only the most notable paintings + and portraits, but the best work of amateur and professional + photographers. If it gave nothing but the latter work it would be + deserving of the most liberal patronage that it receives; but it is + an admirable record of the greatest paintings at the Metropolitan + Museum of Art, of living American players, of portraits of celebrated + Americans, of great American painters, with reproductions of their + work, and it is a monument of the N. Y. Photogravure Co., which is a + monument of artistic New York." + + The N. Y. Photogravure Co. + 137 West 23d Street, + New York. + + * * * * * + + + ALFRED SELLERS & CO. + + MANUFACTURERS OF ZINC COPPER AND BRASS PLATES FOR Photo-Engravers. + + Printing Frames, Etching Tubs, Etching Powders, Rollers, Etc. + + SELLERS' SPECIAL TRANSFER. + ETCHING AND PROVING INKS. + + Inking Slabs, Chemicals (Chas. Cooper & Co.'s), Formulas, and + all Supplies for Photo-Engravers. + + Photo-Engraving Taught + IN ALBUMEN, BITUMEN, OR THE ENAMEL PROCESS. + + TRY THE NEW RUSSELL ETCHING POWDER. + + Supplies in General. Send for Price List. + + 59 Beekman Street, New York, N. Y. + U. S. A. + + * * * * * + + + [Illustration: E. C. MEINECKE· ERNEST BURTT· H W ROWLAND· + + PHOTO-GRAVURE. + PHOTO-GELATINE. + PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHY. + LITHOGRAPHY. + PHOTO-ENGRAVING. + TYPE-PRINTING. + + WORKS. BROOKLYN. N.Y. + + E. C. MEINECKE & CO. + ROOM 5. 63 WEST 22ND STREET. + NEW YORK.] + + The favorable comments received from all sources testify to the + unrivaled results obtained by the PHOTOGRAVURE PROCESS, as worked + by our method. + + In reviewing a set of photogravures of the Clifton Water Garden, + from negatives by the proprietor, Mr. S. C. Nash, the _Florists' + Exchange_, says: + + "In his work he has been ably seconded by Messrs. E. C. Meinecke & + Co., of New York, the makers and printers of the plates. Without + fear of contradiction, we state there is no method of reproducing a + picture to compare with the photogravure process, except, possibly, + the expensive and tedious steel plate. For fidelity to detail, + sharpness of outline, contrast of light and shadow, breadth and + depth, and absolute fidelity to life, we choose this. + + The Photogravure Process _IS THE BEST FOR_ + + =Book Illustrations= + =Art and Trade Catalogues= + =Calendars, Menus, Etc.= + + where the most artistic results are desired. Either + + =PLATES SUPPLIED= + + combining the BEST WEARING QUALITIES with the most Artistic + Finish, or editions ready for the binder. + + Your correspondence is solicited, and a trial order requested, which + will be executed promptly and in the best manner. + + * * * * * + + + =AMATEURS!= + + In order to get the =Best Results= You must use the + + =CRAMER PLATE= + + Manufactured by + + =G. Cramer Dry Plate Works, St. Louis, Mo.= + + =Your Dealer does not KEEP Cramer Plates, he SELLS them.= + + * * * * * + + + =If you want to secure the best Photogravure results,= + =Then you must use the best plates, and these are= + =Wuestner's "White Label" 50 Sens. Plate.= + + =WUESTNER'S= + =New Eagle Dry Plate Works.= + + For Sale by all Dealers. + + * * * * * + + + [Illustration: OUR BUSINESS is to sell EVERYTHING USED IN PHOTOGRAPHY + DOUGLASS & SHUEY CO. III STATE ST. CHICAGO.] + + =Photogravure Worker.= + + =Have you tried= + =THE ORIGINAL= + + ZEISS LENS? + + =NO?= + + _BETTER DO SO AT ONCE._ + + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO. + HAVE THEM! + + * * * * * + + + =ZEISS-ANASTIGMAT LENSES= + + =Manufactured by= + =BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL CO.= + + =ARE UNAPPROACHED for all Process Work, and are rapidly + displacing other forms of Lenses.= + + =515-543 N. St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y.,= + =New York City, Corner Fulton & Nassau Sts.= + + * * * * * + + + [Illustration: THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + + AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY MAGAZINE + DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF + ARTISTIC & SCIENTIFIC PHOTOGRAPHY + + THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES PUBLISHING + ASSOCIATION 423 BROOME STREET NEW YORK + + EDITED BY WALTER E. WOODBURY.] + + Each number contains from 50 to 60 Illustrations! + besides a magnificent PHOTOGRAVURE FRONTISPIECE. + + The Most "up to date" Photographic Magazine in the world. + + ALL THE BEST AND LATEST IMPROVEMENTS CHRONICLED BY THE BEST WRITERS. + + Reproductions of all the finest photographic work from all parts of + the world. + + * * * * * + + + A FEW UNSOLICITED OPINIONS OF + The Photographic Times. + + "It is a daisy."--Hon. A. A. ADEE. + + "It is a veritable triumph of photographic literature."--J. J. + CARTER. + + "One of the finest illustrated magazines received by us is THE + PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES."--_Chenango Telegraph._ + + "If my opinion is of any value, I will tell you that it is far and + away ahead of anything that has ever been attempted."--H. J. AIKEN. + + "You have certainly reached the very height of possibilities in a + photographic magazine."--ARTHUR J. BENTON. + + "The photographic art has hitherto had no better exponent, and the + publishers of this magazine are determined to keep at the head of + the literature of their profession. The many original articles are + fully illustrated."--_The Portland Transcript._ + + "Be sure and continue sending it. Can't keep house without it."--J. + E. CRAIG. + + "It is a beauty in every sense."--CHAS. WAGER HULL. + + "The subject-matter, the number and quality of the illustrations, + the typographic work and the general appearance of THE PHOTOGRAPHIC + TIMES, monthly, are, separately and collectively, cause for hearty + congratulation. Permit me to hereby extend mine, together with + sincere wishes for your continued success."--C. D. CHENEY. + + ________________ 189 + + The Photographic Times Publishing Association, + =423 Broome Street, New York, N. Y.= + + _Please send me_ =The Photographic Times=, _commencing with_ + _______________ 189 , _for_ _______________ _to my address_: + + _Name_, ______________________________________ + _P. O._, _____________________________________ + _County_, ____________________________________ + _State_, _____________________________________ + + Subscription rates, one year, $4.00; six months, $2.00; three months, + $1.00; single copies, 35 cents. + + Remit by Express, Money Order, Draft, P. O. Order, or Registered + Letter. + + Subscriptions to THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES received by all dealers + in photographic materials in this and foreign countries; also by + The American News Company and all its branches. + + * * * * * + + + =The Photographic Appetite= + + increases by what it feeds on. The beginner is usually content to + start with a modest outfit, but as interest grows the hunger for more + artistic results calls for better facilities so that the apparatus + must constantly be of a more improved pattern and contain all the + latest fixings, till finally the question of improvement is entirely + one of the value of the lens. + + 4 × 5 Size + + The Empire, =$5.00= + The New Waterbury, =$15.00= + The Henry Clay 2d, =$15.00= + The Waterbury, =$25.00= + The Henry Clay, Jr. =$30.00= + The Henry Clay, =$50.00= + + To suit this growing appetite we make a line of camera boxes unequaled + for workmanship and convenient appliances. We can supply any stage of + hunger, and make to order to suit any whim. Any photographic question + cheerfully answered. Send for our Catalogue. + + The Scovill & Adams Co. + 423 Broome Street, New York. + + * * * * * + + + ANTHION-SCHERING + The Best Hypo Eliminator. + + + DIRECTIONS FOR USE. + + THE SOLUTION. + + Five grammes (75 grains) =Anthion= are dissolved in one litre (one + quart) of luke-warm distilled water. The solution keeps for at least + one month. + + + A. For Gelatine Plates. + + _a._ The plate (13 × 18 centimetres--5 × 7 inches) or film, after + fixing, is allowed to drain and then washed for about five minutes + in a dish with about 600 cubic centimetres (20 fluid ounces) water; + it is then again allowed to drain. + + _b._ Afterward it is laid in a second dish with 200 c.c. (7 fluid + ounces) =Anthion solution=, and again allowed to remain for five + minutes with occasional stirring. + + _c._ The plate is then once more laid in 600 c.c. (20 fluid ounces) + fresh water, exactly according to direction _a_. + + _d._ The operations _b_ and _c_ are repeated. + + The plate is then =free from fixing soda=. (In order to determine + this, proceed as follows:) + + + Test. + + To be certain that all the fixing soda is completely destroyed, + proceed as follows: Several c.c. (half to one teaspoonful) of the + last washing water are poured into a test-tube, and three or four + drops silver nitrate solution (1 to 20) added. A white precipitate + generally forms. If this gradually acquires a =yellow= tint, fixing + soda is still present. + + In such a case operations _a_ and _b_ are to be repeated. + + + B. For Positive Paper Prints. + + The operations are carried out as under A, but instead of one plate + five fixed copies (13 × 18 c.c.--5 × 7 inches) are taken, allowed to + drain one by one, then laid singly in water (vide _a_), afterward in + =Anthion solution= (vide _b_), then again in water (vide _c_), again + in =Anthion solution= (vide _d_), and finally in water. + + =It is important that the paper prints are frequently separated in + the different baths.= If the prints stick together, the solution + does not penetrate and cannot act. + + + = IMPORTANT = + + For large plates and prints it is not only necessary to use larger + dishes, but also more liquid, both =Anthion solution= and water. An + excess of =Anthion= or of water is decidedly useful, but less is + disadvantageous. + + The above directions for washing relate to those who have no + continual flow of water at hand. + + If a continual flow of water is obtainable, it is advisable to wash + the plates or prints in flowing water for a quarter of an hour, and + then dip in the =Anthion solution= and test the result as above. + + Send orders to your Dealers, or to + The Scovill & Adams Co., New York. + + * * * * * + + + When purchasing a Developer please be particular to specify + Schering's the oldest and most favorably known brand. + + _Put up with labels and seals as per fac-similes here given._ + + [Illustration: ONE OUNCE =PYROGALLIC ACID= RESUBLIMED + From E. SCHERING, MANUFACTURING CHEMIST, BERLIN, GERMANY.] + + THE STANDARD OF THE LAST--THIRD--EDITION OF THE GERMAN PHARMACOPOEIA. + + See that you get the Genuine "Schering's." Excelled by none. + + Send Orders to your Dealers, or to + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY, NEW YORK. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Photogravure, by Henry R. Blaney + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHOTOGRAVURE *** + +***** This file should be named 36446-8.txt or 36446-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/6/4/4/36446/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/36446-8.zip b/36446-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..46a3aa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-8.zip diff --git a/36446-h.zip b/36446-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6133fac --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h.zip diff --git a/36446-h/36446-h.htm b/36446-h/36446-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73158eb --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/36446-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,3789 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Photogravure, by Henry R. Blaney. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + text-indent: 1em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 1.5em; + margin-bottom: 1.5em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; font-size: 0.9em; + margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + } /* page numbers */ + + .blockquot{margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .pblockquot{text-indent: -4em; margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;} + + .bprice { position: absolute; right: 10%; text-align: right;} + + .bb {border-bottom: solid 2px;} + .bl {border-left: solid 2px;} + .bt {border-top: solid 2px;} + .br {border-right: solid 2px;} + .bbox {border: solid 2px;} + + .noidt {text-indent: 0em;} + .center {text-align: center;text-indent: 0em;} + .ralign {text-align: right; margin-right: 2em;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + .u {text-decoration: underline;} + .ft30 {font-size: 3em; text-indent: 0em;} + .ft20 {font-size: 2em; text-indent: 0em;} + .ft10 {font-size: 1em; text-indent: 0em;} + .ft15 {font-size: 1.5em; text-indent: 0em;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: + 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .figright {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;} + + .footnotes {border: dashed 1px;} + .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + .footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;} + .fnanchor {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span.i0 {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Photogravure, by Henry R. Blaney + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Photogravure + +Author: Henry R. Blaney + +Release Date: June 17, 2011 [EBook #36446] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHOTOGRAVURE *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + +</pre> + + + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1024px;"> +<img src="images/i_002x.jpg" width="1024" height="509" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>THE S. & A.<br /> +<big><span class="smcap">Photographic</span></big><br /> +SERIES.</h2> + +<h4>Edited by<br /> +W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS.</h4> + + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 1. THE PHOTOGRAPHIC AMATEUR.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">J. Traill Taylor</span>. A Guide to the Young Photographer, either Professional +or Amateur. (Second Edition.) Paper covers. <span class='bprice'><b>$0 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 4. HOW TO MAKE PICTURES.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">Henry Clay Price</span>. (Fourth Edition.) The A B C of Dry-Plate Photography. +Out of print. (See No. 26)</p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 5. PHOTOGRAPHY WITH EMULSIONS.</b><br /> +By Capt. <span class="smcap">W. de W. Abney</span>, R.E., F.R.S. A treatise on the theory and +practical working of Gelatine and Collodion Emulsion Processes. (Second +Edition.) Paper covers. <span class='bprice'><b>75</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 7. THE MODERN PRACTICE OF RETOUCHING.</b><br /> +As practiced by M. Piquepé, and other celebrated experts. (Eighth Edition.) +Paper covers, <b>50</b> cents; Library Edition. <span class='bprice'><b>75</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 8. THE SPANISH EDITION OF HOW TO MAKE PICTURES.</b><br /> +Ligeras Lecciones sobre Fotografia Dedicados a los Aficionados, Cloth +bound, <b>75</b> cents. Paper covers. <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 9.</b> Out of print.</p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 12. HARDWICH'S PHOTOGRAPHIC CHEMISTRY.</b><br /> +A manual of Photographic Chemistry, theoretical and practical. (Ninth +Edition) Edited by <span class="smcap">J. Traill Taylor</span>. Leatherette binding. <span class='bprice'><b>2 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 13. TWELVE ELEMENTARY LESSONS ON SILVER PRINTING.</b><br /> +(Second Edition.) Paper covers. <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 14. ABOUT PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHERS.</b><br /> +A series of interesting essays for the studio and study, to which is added +European Rambles with a Camera. By <span class="smcap">H. Baden Pritchard</span>, F.C.S. +Paper covers, <b>50</b> cents. Cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>75</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 15. THE CHEMICAL EFFECT OF THE SPECTRUM.</b><br /> +By Dr. <span class="smcap">J. M. Eder</span>. Cloth bound, <b>50</b> cents. Paper covers. <span class='bprice'><b>25</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 16. PICTURE MAKING BY PHOTOGRAPHY.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">H. P. Robinson</span>, author of Pictorial Effect in Photography. Written +in popular form and finely illustrated. Library Edition, <b>$1.00</b>. Paper +covers. <span class='bprice'><b>75</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 17. FIRST LESSONS IN AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHY.</b><br /> +Out of print. (See Amateur Photography, by <span class="smcap">W. I. Lincoln Adams</span>.)</p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 20. DRY PLATE MAKING FOR AMATEURS.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">George L. Sinclair</span>, M.D. Pointed, practical and plain. Leatherette +binding. <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 21. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND +PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES ALMANAC FOR 1887.</b><br /> +(Second Edition.) Paper cover (postage, 12 cents additional). <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span><br /> +Library Edition (postage, 12 cents additional). <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 22. PHOTOGRAPHIC PRINTING METHODS.</b><br /> +By the Rev. <span class="smcap">W. H. Burbank</span>. A Practical Guide to the Professional and +Amateur Worker. Cloth bound. (Third Edition). <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 23. A HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY.</b><br /> +Written as a practical guide and an introduction to its latest developments. +By <span class="smcap">W. Jerome Harrison</span>, F.G.S., and containing a frontispiece of the +author. Cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 24. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND +PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES ALMANAC FOR 1888.</b><br /> +Illustrated. (Second Edition.) Paper (by mail, 12 cents additional). <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span><br /> +Library Edition (by mail, 12 cents additional). <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 25. THE PHOTOGRAPHIC NEGATIVE.</b><br /> +A Practical Guide to the Preparation of Sensitive Surfaces by the Calotype, +Albumen, Collodion, and Gelatine Processes, on Glass and Paper, with +Supplementary Chapter on Development, etc., by the Rev. <span class="smcap">W. H. Burbank</span>. +Cloth bound. Reduced from $1.50 to <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 26. THE PHOTOGRAPHIC INSTRUCTOR FOR THE +PROFESSIONAL AND AMATEUR.</b><br /> +Being the comprehensive series of Practical Lessons issued to the Students +of the Chautauqua School of Photography. Revised and enlarged. Edited +by <span class="smcap">W. I. Lincoln Adams</span>, with an Appendix by Prof. <span class="smcap">Chas. Ehrmann</span>. +(Fourth Edition, enlarged and revised.) Paper covers. <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span><br /> +Library Edition. <span class='bprice'><b>1 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 27. LETTERS ON LANDSCAPE PHOTOGRAPHY.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">H. P. Robinson</span>. Finely illustrated from the author's own photographs +and containing a Photogravure frontispiece of the author. Cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>1 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 29. THE PROCESSES OF PURE PHOTOGRAPHY.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">W. K. Burton</span> and <span class="smcap">Andrew Pringle</span>. A standard work, very complete +and freely illustrated. Price, in paper covers, <b>$2 00</b>. Library Ed. <span class='bprice'><b>2 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 30. PICTORIAL EFFECT IN PHOTOGRAPHY.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">H. P. Robinson</span>. A new edition. Illustrated. Mr. Robinson's first +and best work. Cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>1 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 32. PRACTICAL PHOTO-MICROGRAPHY.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">Andrew Pringle</span>. Fully illustrated. Cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>2 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 33. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND +PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES ALMANAC FOR 1890.</b><br /> +Paper cover (by mail, 14 cents additional). <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span><br /> +Library Edition (by mail, 14 cents additional). <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 34. THE OPTICAL LANTERN.</b><br /> +Illustrated. By <span class="smcap">Andrew Pringle</span>. Paper covers, <b>$1.00</b>.<br /> +Cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>1 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 35. LANTERN SLIDES BY PHOTOGRAPHIC METHODS.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">Andrew Pringle</span>. Paper covers <b>75</b> cents. Cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>1 25</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 36. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND +PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES ALMANAC FOR 1891.</b><br /> +Paper covers (by mail, 15 cents additional). <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span><br /> +Library Edition (by mail, 15 cents additional). <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span><br /> +Cyclopædic Index for 1891 Annual. <span class='bprice'><b>10</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 37. PHOTOGRAPHIC OPTICS.</b><br /> +A Text-Book for the Professional and Amateur. By <span class="smcap">W. K. Burton</span>. +Paper covers, <b>$1.00</b>. Library Edition. <span class='bprice'><b>1 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 38. PHOTOGRAPHIC REPRODUCTION PROCESSES.</b><br /> +Illustrated. By <span class="smcap">P. C. Duchochois</span>. Paper covers, <b>$1.00</b>. Cloth. <span class='bprice'><b>1 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 39. EL INSTRUCTOR FOTOGRAFICO.</b><br /> +Paper covers, <b>$1.00</b>. Library Edition. <span class='bprice'><b>1 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 40. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND +PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES ALMANAC FOR 1892.</b><br /> +Out of print.</p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 41. THE CHEMISTRY OF PHOTOGRAPHY.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">W. Jerome Harrison</span>. Cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>3 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 42. PICTURE MAKING IN THE STUDIO.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">H. P. Robinson</span>. Paper covers, <b>50</b> cents. Cloth bound (Library +Edition). <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 43. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND +PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES ALMANAC FOR 1893.</b><br /> +Edited by <span class="smcap">W. I. Lincoln Adams</span>.<br /> +Paper covers (postage extra, 15 cents). <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span><br /> +Cloth bound (Library Edition) (postage extra, 15 cents). <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 44. THE LIGHTING IN THE PHOTOGRAPHIC STUDIO.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">P. C. Duchochois</span>. A new edition. Paper covers, <b>75</b> cents. Cloth +bound (Library Edition). <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 45. THE GRAMMAR OF PHOTO-ENGRAVING.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">H. D. Farquhar</span>. Illustrated. The most complete text-book yet published +on this subject. Price, in paper covers, <b>$2.00</b>. Cloth bound +(Library Edition). <span class='bprice'><b>2 50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 46. INDUSTRIAL PHOTOGRAPHY.</b><br /> +Illustrated. By <span class="smcap">P. C. Duchochois</span>. Being a description of the various +processes of producing Indestructible Photographic Images on Glass, Porcelain, +Metal, and many other substances. Paper covers, <b>50</b> cents. Cloth +bound. <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 47. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND +PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES ALMANAC FOR 1894.</b><br /> +Edited by <span class="smcap">W. I. Lincoln Adams</span>.<br /> +Paper covers (postage extra, 15 cents). <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span><br /> +Cloth bound (Library Edition) (postage extra, 15 cents). <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 48. ARISTOTYPES AND HOW TO MAKE THEM.</b><br /> +Giving a complete description of the manufacture and treatment of Gelatino +and Collodio-Chloride Papers. By <span class="smcap">Walter E. Woodbury</span>. Illustrated. +Paper covers, <b>$1.50</b>. Library Edition. <span class='bprice'><b>2 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 49. THE ENCYCLOPÆDIC DICTIONARY OF PHOTOGRAPHY.</b><br /> +Containing over 2,000 references and about 400 illustrations. By <span class="smcap">Walter +E. Woodbury</span>. In press.</p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 50. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND +PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES ALMANAC FOR 1895.</b><br /> +With over 200 illustrations In paper covers. Postage extra. <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span><br /> +Cloth bound. (Library Edition.) Postage 15 cents extra. <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>No. 51. THE PHOTO-GRAVURE PROCESS.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">Henry R. Blaney</span>. A very complete and practical book, written by an +Expert. In paper covers, <b>50</b> cents. Cloth bound (Library edition). <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + + +<p>For sale by all dealers in Photographic goods, booksellers, and sent, post-paid, on receipt of price, by the +publishers,</p> + +<p class="center"><b> +THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY OF NEW YORK,<br /> +SEND FOR BOOK CATALOGUE. 423 BROOME STREET. +</b></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<h2>A Selected List of Books</h2> + +<h3><span class="smcap">From the Scovill & Adams Co.'s Book Catalogue.</span></h3> + +<p><span class='bprice'>Price per Copy.</span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>Amateur Photography.</b><br /> +A Practical Guide for the Beginner. By <span class="smcap">W. I. Lincoln Adams</span>. Illustrated. Paper covers, <b>50c.</b>; +cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>$1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>Lantern Slides and How to Make Them.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">A. R. Dresser</span>. A new book, very complete and practical. <span class='bprice'><b>25</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>Photography at Night.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">P. C. Duchochois</span>. Illustrated. 108 pp. Paper covers. <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>Bromide Paper and How to Use It.</b><br /> +Written by an Expert, with a specimen Bromide illustration. <span class='bprice'><b>25</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>The Knack.</b><br /> +Written expressly to help the beginner in perplexity, reduced to <span class='bprice'><b>25</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>Photographic Lenses; Their Choice and Use.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">J. H. Dallmeyer</span>. A special edition, edited for American photographers. In paper covers. <span class='bprice'><b>25</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>The Chemistry of Photography.</b><br /> +By Prof. <span class="smcap">Raphael Meldola</span>. <span class='bprice'><b>2 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>The Photographic Image.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">P. C. Duchochois</span>. A Theoretical and Practical Treatise on Development. Paper covers. <span class='bprice'><b>1 50</b></span><br /> +Cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>2 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>The Ferrotyper's Guide.</b><br /> +For the ferrotyper, this is the only standard work. Seventh thousand. <span class='bprice'><b>75</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>The Photographic Studios of Europe.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">H. Baden Pritchard</span>, F.C.S. Cloth bound, <b>$1.00</b>; paper covers. <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>Art of Making Portraits in Crayon on Solar Enlargements.</b><br /> +(Third edition.) By <span class="smcap">E. Long</span>. <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>History and Hand-Book of Photography.</b><br /> +With seventy illustrations. Cloth bound, reduced to <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>Crayon Portraiture.</b><br /> +Complete instructions for making Crayon Portraits on Crayon Paper and on Platinum, Silver and +Bromide Enlargements; also directions for the use of Transparent Liquid Water Colors, and for +making French Crystals. By <span class="smcap">J. A. Barhydt</span>. A new edition. Paper covers, <b>50c.</b>; cloth bound. <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>Art Recreations.</b><br /> +Ladies' popular guide in home decorative work, with a chapter on photography. Edited by <span class="smcap">Marion +Kemble</span>. <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>American Carbon Manual.</b><br /> +For those who want to try the carbon printing process, this work gives the most detailed information. +Cloth bound. Reduced to <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>Manual de Fotografia.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">Augustus Le Plongeon</span>. (Hand-book for Spanish Photographers.) <span class='bprice'><b>1 00</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>Secrets of the Dark Chamber.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">D. D. T. Davie</span>. <span class='bprice'><b>50</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>The Photographer's Book of Practical Formulas.</b><br /> +Compiled by Dr. <span class="smcap">W. D. Holmes</span>. Ph.D., and <span class="smcap">E. P. Griswold</span>. Paper covers, reduced from <b>75c.</b> to +<b>30c.</b>; cloth bound, reduced from <b>$1.50</b> to <span class='bprice'><b>60</b></span></p> + +<p class="pblockquot"><b>American Hand-Book of the Daguerrotype.</b><br /> +By <span class="smcap">S. D. Humphrey</span>. (Fifth edition.) This book contains the various processes employed in taking +heliographic impressions. <span class='bprice'><b>25</b></span></p> + + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<h2>AN ANNOUNCEMENT!</h2> + + +<p>We have made arrangements with the <span class="smcap">New York Photogravure +Company</span> by which we are enabled to offer a series of magnificent +Photogravures at a very low price.</p> + +<p>The first is that which has been already published and described by +us, being the "COURT OF HONOR," at the World's Fair. The companion +to this is in preparation, and will shortly be ready. It represents +a view of the "ADMINISTRATION BUILDING AND COURT OF +HONOR," looking up from the Peristyle. These two pictures form a +magnificent souvenir of the World's Fair, and imperishable ones, which +have not been approached in artistic or technical excellence. Each +measures about 18 x 22 inches, and they are printed in the best style, on +paper 24 x 32 inches.</p> + +<p>The next two pictures are photogravures from negatives made by +Mr. <span class="smcap">John E. Dumont</span>, of Rochester, and form admirable companion +pictures. Their titles are, "NO DOUBT," and "IN DOUBT," and +represent, in one case, a monk with a winning hand of cards, and having +no doubt what his play is to be. In the other, a monk holding a +hand of cards which evidently is a losing one, and, as evidently, he is +in doubt as to what to play.</p> + +<p>The story of these pictures is admirably told, and with all the well +known skill of Mr. <span class="smcap">Dumont</span>.</p> + +<p>The next in the series is a "LANDSCAPE WITH SHEEP," by +Mr. <span class="smcap">Robert S. Redfield</span>, of Philadelphia, and can well pass for a reproduction +of a painting by <span class="smcap">Verbeck Hoven</span>, not that it is in any sense a +copy of any picture, being entirely original, but in sentiment and feeling +equaling the best and most artistic work of the painter. As a companion +to this, "A STORM AT BRIGHTON" is published. This +was one of the prize pictures at the recent exhibition of the joint Societies +of Amateur Photographers of Boston, Philadelphia and New York. +It is exceedingly effective as a study of cloud and motion of water, and +forms an admirably suggestive study for artists. It is from a negative +by Mr. <span class="smcap">Ernest Edwards</span>, President of the New York Photogravure +Company.</p> + +<p>The well-known picture of "Flirtation" has also been engraved for +this series, and will be very popular. This picture (it will be remembered) +appeared in the American "Annual of Photography" for 1892.</p> + +<p>With the exception of the two first, all these pictures measure about +16 x 12 inches for size of work, and are printed on etching paper, 22 x 28 +inches.</p> + +<p>The uniform price of all is $2.00 each. For sale by all dealers.</p> + +<p>Other subjects will follow, from time to time.</p> + + +<p class="center"><b>These Photogravures will be sent, post-paid, by mail, carefully<br /> +packed, on receipt of price.</b></p> + +<h4>THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY.</h4> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<h2>Twelve : Photographic : Studies.</h2> + +<h4><i>THE THIRD EDITION.</i></h4> + +<p class="center"><b>A Collection of Photogravures from the Best Representative Photographic<br /> +Negatives by Leading Photographic Artists.</b></p> + +<p class="center"><b>COMPILED BY W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS.</b></p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left' colspan='2'> <b>THE COLLECTION INCLUDES</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Dawn and Sunset,"</td><td align='right'>H. P. Robinson.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Childhood,"</td><td align='right'>H. McMichael.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"As Age Steals On,"</td><td align='right'>J. F. Ryder.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"A Portrait Study,"</td><td align='right'>B. J. Falk.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Solid Comfort,"</td><td align='right'>John E. Dumont.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Ophelia,"</td><td align='right'>H. P. Robinson.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"No Barrier,"</td><td align='right'>F. A. Jackson.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"El Capitan,"</td><td align='right'>W. H. Jackson.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Still Waters,"</td><td align='right'>J. J. Montgomery.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Surf,"</td><td align='right'>James F. Cowee</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"A Horse Race,"</td><td align='right'>George Barker.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>"Hi, Mister, may we have some Apples?"</td><td align='right'>Geo. B. Wood.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p class="center">Printed on Japan Paper, Mounted on Boards. Size, 11 × 14, in ornamental<br /> +Portfolio and a Box. Price, $3.00.</p> + +<p class="center"><b>Sent, post-paid, on receipt of price, by</b></p> + +<h4><span class='bprice'>The Scovill & Adams Company.</span><br /></h4> + +<hr style='width: 100%;' /> + +<h2>Artistic Landscapes</h2> + +<h4>FROM NATURE.<span class='bprice'> +Representing<br /> +The Four Seasons.</span><br /><br /></h4> + + +<p>These plates were made from photographs taken direct from +nature. They have been most beautifully reproduced by the +highest grade (copper-plate) process of the New York Photogravure +Company. The plates measure 6 x 8 inches, but are printed on +extra heavy plate paper 11 x 14 inches in size. Each picture is printed +in a tint especially appropriate for the season which it represents, and +the entire set of photogravures are in every way <b>worthy of framing</b>.</p> + +<p>The negatives were photographed from nature by Mr. <span class="smcap">W. I. Lincoln +Adams</span>, and they have been <i>enthusiastically praised wherever shown</i>.</p> + +<p>What <span class="smcap">George Inness</span>, America's greatest landscape painter, says of +these photogravures:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p><b>"They are very charming, and should prove extremely useful +in the development of the landscape art of our country."</b></p> + +<p class="center">They are sold singly or in sets.</p> + +<p class="noidt"><b> +Price, per copy <span class='bprice'>$0 50</span><br /> +The Set of Four <span class='bprice'>1 50</span> +</b></p> +</div> + +<p class="center">Sent, post-paid, to any address, on receipt of price, by</p> + +<h3>The Montclair Photogravure Publishing Company,<br /> + +<small>MONTCLAIR, N. J.</small></h3> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<h4>THEODORE METCALF CO.</h4> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> +<img src="images/i_008.png" width="800" height="269" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<h2>Chemicals</h2> + +<p class="center"><b>Fine, Rare and Crude, of every description.</b></p> + + +<p>From the many years we have dealt in this class of supplies, +we claim to be leaders in this branch of the drug +trade, and by constantly replenishing and increasing our +stock, and at once procuring or manufacturing all new +chemical products, we are able to do full justice to all +orders.</p> + +<h4><big>: Pure Chemicals :</big><br /> +FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC AND PROCESS WORK.</h4> + +<p class="center">Bromide of Potassium.<br /> +Bichromates.<br /> +Ammonium, Potassium and Sodium.<br /> +Powdered Dragon Blood, Light Colored and Dark.<br /> +Metcalf Powdered Bitumen of Judea.<br /> + +<small>:: ALSO ::</small> +<br /> +Syrian Asphaltum.<br /> +Benzole, Chemically Pure,<br /> + +<small>By Can or Barrel.</small><br /> +Etc., Etc., Etc.<br /> +</p> + +<h3> +Boston, U. S. A. +</h3> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<h2><span class="smcap">The Grammar of Photo-Engraving.</span></h2> + +<h4>B<small>Y</small> H. D. FARQUHAR.</h4> + +<hr style="width: 5%;" /> +<h4>(Number Forty-five of the Scovill Photographic Series.)<br /> +<br /> +<small>CONTAINING INSTRUCTION IN</small><br /> +<br /> +<big>Drawing, Chemistry and Optics, as applied to Photo-Engraving.</big><br /> +<br /> +<small>AND A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE ART OF</small><br /> +<br /> +<big><span class="smcap">Half-Tone, Zinc Etching, Swelled Gelatine, Lithotype and<br /> +Chalk Plate Engraving, as Practiced in the<br /> +United States.</span></big></h4> + +<hr style="width: 5%;" /> +<h4>ILLUSTRATED.</h4> +<hr style="width: 5%;" /> + +<p>The object of this book is to present to the constantly increasing +number of persons seeking after practical knowledge in the art of +process engraving, a comprehensive and totally reliable text-book. The +book has been written with a view to instruct the amateur as well as the +professional, and the writer has always had in mind the beginner, +counting no detail too trivial to be fully described.</p> + +<p>It has been written for the most part in the leisure hours, after practical +service during the day in a photo-engraving establishment, so that +the instruction goes directly from the shop to the pupil. It has been +the author's hope, in writing this book, to so carefully describe every +branch of work connected with the subject, that the beginner, who knows +absolutely nothing about it, may become a practical photo-engraver +from a careful reading of the work.</p> + +<hr style="width: 5%;" /> +<h4>CONTENTS:</h4> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>Chapter I.—Drawings for Photographic +Reproduction. The Materials Required.</p> + +<p>Chapter II.—Chemicals used in Photo-Engraving.</p> + +<p>Chapter III.—Apparatus and the Workshop.</p> + +<p>Chapter IV.—Photographic Processes as +Employed in Photo-Engravings. Preparation +of the Chemicals.</p> + +<p>Chapter V.—Causes of Failure. Remedies.</p> + +<p>Chapter VI.—The Half-Tone Process. +Screen Plates.</p> + +<p>Chapter VII.—Zinc Etching. Preparation +of Chemicals Used in Zinc Etching.</p> + +<p>Chapter VIII.—Etching in Half-Tone.</p> + +<p>Chapter IX.—Blocking and Finishing. +Tools and Materials.</p> + +<p>Chapter X.—Swelled Gelatine Process of +Photo-Engraving.</p> + +<p>Chapter XI.—Lithotype Engraving for +Color Work.</p> + +<p>Chapter XII.—Photographing on Wood +and Other Processes.</p> + +<p class="noidt"><b> +Price, in paper covers <span class='bprice'>$2 00</span><br /> + " cloth bound (Library Edition) <span class='bprice'>2 50</span> +</b></p> +</div> + + +<p>For sale by all dealers in Photographic Materials, and sent, post-paid, +on receipt of price, by the publishers,</p> + + +<h4><span class='bprice'>THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY, <br /> +423 Broome Street, New York City.</span><br /></h4> + + +<p> </p> +<p> </p> + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 896px;"> +<p>E. EDWARDS PHOTO. <span class='bprice'>N.Y PHOTOGRAVURE CO.</span></p> +<img src="images/i_011.jpg" width="896" height="768" alt="A ROADSIDE COTTAGE IN THE CATSKILLS." title="" /> +<p class="center ft15"><span class="smcap">A Roadside Cottage in the Catskills</span></p> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p> +<h1>PHOTOGRAVURE.</h1> + +<p> </p> +<h3><small>BY</small><br /> +<big>HENRY R. BLANEY.</big></h3> + +<p> </p> +<h4><i>With Introduction and Additions by the Editor.</i></h4> + +<p> </p> +<h5>NEW YORK:<br /> +<big>THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY.</big><br /> +1895.</h5> + + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 336px;"> +<img src="images/i_013.png" width="336" height="350" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h4>Copyright, 1895,<br /> +<span class="smcap">The Scovill & Adams Company.</span></h4> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span></p> +<h2>CONTENTS.</h2> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="8" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='right'><small>PAGE</small></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Introduction by the Editor.</span>—Early History of Photogravure—Woodbury's +Process—Other Methods,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_5">5</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Chapter I.</span>—The Negative.—Quality best Suitable.—Necessity +for Reversing.—Methods of Obtaining Reversals.—The Powder +Process,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_9">9</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Chapter II.</span>—The Transparency.—The Carbon Process.—Cutting +up the Tissue.—Sensitizing.—Drying.—Exposing.—Continuing +Action of Light.—Development.—Carbutt's Transparency +Plates,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_15">15</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Chapter III.</span>—The Carbon Tissue.—Sensitizing and Exposing.—The +Actinometer,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_22">22</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Chapter IV.</span>—Cleaning and Graining of the Copper Plate Plate—Grade +of Copper Necessary.—Where and How to Buy it,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_25">25</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Chapter V.</span>—Development of Negative Resist on the Copper +Plate.—Preparation for Biting with Acid through the Gelatine,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_29">29</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Chapter VI.</span>—The Acid Baths.—How to Make Them and Method +of Biting through the Gelatine,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Chapter VII.</span>—Cleaning and Polishing the Plate, with Tools +Necessary for Retouching,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_37">37</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Chapter VIII.</span>—Printing from the Plate.—Steel Facing,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Chapter IX.</span>—Materials Necessary for Photogravure—List of +Firms Supplying Them,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_41">41</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Chapter X.</span>—Books and Articles on Photogravure, 1888-1893,</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_44">44</a></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span></p> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> +<img src="images/i_016.png" width="800" height="196" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h2>INTRODUCTION.</h2> + + +<p>About the year 1820 Nicéphore Niepce made the discovery +that bitumen, under certain conditions, was sensitive to light. +He dissolved it in oil of lavender, and spread a thin layer of +the solution thus obtained upon stone. This he exposed under +a drawing (making the paper transparent by waxing), and +after sufficient exposure, oil of lavender was poured on. +Those portions of the bitumen which had been exposed to +the action of the light had become insoluble, and so remained +while the lines which had been protected by the drawing +were dissolved away. By treating the stone with an acid +these lines were bitten or eroded, and could be printed from. +Niepce afterward employed metal plates instead of the stone.</p> + +<p>Here we have the foundation for a number of printing +processes of the present day, including photogravure.</p> + +<p>For many years, however, progress in processes for intaglio +printing was very slow. In 1852 Talbot introduced a process +termed photoglyphy, and in 1854 Paul Pretsch, of Vienna, +patented a process which he termed photogalvanography. +In 1870 the late Walter B. Woodbury, inventor of the Woodburytype +process, suggested to M. Rousselon, of M. M. Goupil +& Co.,<a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a> a process which he had discovered, and which he +describes<a name="FNanchor_B_2" id="FNanchor_B_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_2" class="fnanchor">[B]</a> as follows:</p> + +<p>"The method, as perhaps many of your readers know, +is based on the fact that some pigments used in carbon +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>printing have an unpleasant habit of granulating when +mixed with gelatine and bichromate, destructive to their +use in carbon printing and Woodburytype, but bearing +the essence of success in an engraving process where +grain is necessary. The origin of this method was simply +owing to my getting some bad reliefs, in which this effect +was first noticed. Out of this arose the photo-engraving +process which, as I said before, is now claimed as the invention +of a Frenchman. But I am digressing.</p> + +<p>"This relief, possessing a suitable grain, could, by hydraulic +pressure, be made to transfer its minutest details to metal +without any loss to fineness, so giving a plate possessing all +the properties of a mezzotint. The methods hitherto +used of electrotyping would have proved useless, as all +detail would have been lost. The same thing applies to +the new method I am now about to bring before your +readers. The latter process of getting the grain transferred +to a hard metal remains the same; but the novelty is in the +method of producing the grained plate. To those who have +practiced the process of enameling, as used by Geymet and +Alker, and others, my description will be better understood.</p> + +<p>"I first coat a thin, polished steel plate (zinc will answer) +with a very thin coating of gum, glucose, and bichromate as +used for enameling. This I dry rapidly, and, while still +warm and desiccated, expose under a glass positive. On removal +from the frame after exposure the plate is made to +take up a slight amount of moisture by breathing on it.</p> + +<p>"During this stage I brush or dust over it any hard powder, +such as emery, powdered glass, etc, but these I keep of +different degrees of fineness or coarseness. No. 1, is of a +coarse quality, and is used first; No. 2 is finer; and No. 3 is +of the finest grain obtainable. These are obtained by passing +through muslin of different degrees of fineness. Having +in the first stage of moisture used the No. 1, or coarsest,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span> +powder, after a time No. 2 is dusted over and adheres to the +middle tints, while the very finest tones, which have almost +lost their sticky qualities by the exposure to light, are +treated to No. 3.</p> + +<p>"Now we possess a granular picture having all the true +qualities required in a photo-engraved plate, or, rather, +such as will give a reverse in metal having these qualities. +The steel or zinc plate is then to be exposed to light to +completely harden the mixture all over, and is then treated +exactly as in my other engraving process; that is, pressed +into soft metal by hydraulic pressure, electrotyped, and then +the surface is aciercised or coated with steel. The dark +parts are thus represented by a coarse grain, the middle tints +by a medium grain, and the finest shades by the most infinitesimal +particles, thus meeting all requirements necessary to +a successful photo engraving process."</p> + +<p>This process was taken up by a Frenchman and claimed by +him as his own invention. The chief difficulty with it was +that the plates before being perfect require the work of a +skillful engraver, sometimes for weeks. They were therefore +very costly, six dollars per square inch being charged +for the making of the plate alone.</p> + +<p>Klic's process, 1886, was the next important improvement +in photogravure or intaglio printing, and since then many +other processes and improvements have been introduced by +Obernetter, Waterhouse, Colls, Zuccato, Sawyer and others.</p> + +<p>In the following chapters Mr. H. R. Blaney gives a working +description of the process as practiced to-day by many +of the leading firms in this and other countries. This originally +appeared in the columns of <span class="smcap">The Photographic Times</span>, +but I have made many additions that I have imagined may +be of value to the student. A dividing line will be found +between Mr. Blaney's writings and my own additions.</p> + +<p class="ralign">THE EDITOR.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2> + +<h2><span class="smcap">The Negative.</span></h2> + + +<p>Any negative may be used for photogravure, that is, taken +from nature, or from a painting or engraving, provided it is +reversed, and, in the case of paintings, should, in addition, +be on an orthochromatic plate. The negative should be soft +and brilliant, well exposed, and not hard or under-exposed. +A reversed negative is always necessary if the print from +the copper plate is required to be similar in regard to right +and left, or if no other means are to be taken, to reverse the +image upon the copper plate. Professionals use stripping +plates especially made for this purpose for small work, or the +reversed negative may be made in the copying camera. A +fairly good reversed negative can be made by contact in +the printing frame from an albumen print from the original +negative, the print made transparent with white wax by +being placed on a piece of warm, clean metal and the wax +rubbed over the face. To have the negative reversed, the +print should first be placed, face out, against the glass of the +printing frame, with its back against the sensitive surface of +the transparency plate, the back closed in and exposed to a +large lamp for about five seconds. Every care must be +taken that you use the best of negatives, carefully retouched +if necessary, as the professional photographic etchers have +informed me that (from their standpoint) the success of the +whole process depends on the quality of the original negative +and the care taken in artistic retouching.</p> + +<hr style='width: 15%;' /> + +<p>It will often happen in commercial photogravure work +that plates have to be made from all kinds of original nega<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>tives. +In cases where these are flat from over-exposure it is +well to make a carbon transparency; intensifying the image +with a strong solution of permanganate of potash, and from +this make a fresh negative upon a slow or Carbutt transparency +plate.</p> + +<p>Mr. Horace Wilmer says: "The class of negative most +suitable is such as gives a good result by any of the printing +processes. A bright sparkling negative will always give a +good plate, but I do not find that any satisfactory results +can be got from a soft flat negative. The negative should +be as perfect as possible. It is absolutely useless to work +from a faulty negative. Contrasts on it may be increased +by retouching. Such contrasts are desirable because the +tendency of the etching is to reduce them somewhat."</p> + +<p>Perhaps the simplest way of obtaining a reversed negative +is by placing the dry plate in the slide film inside and exposing +through the glass, of course after allowing in focusing +for the thickness of the glass plate. With the wet-collodion +process, usually the method employed by large photomechanical +printers, this method can be used because it is a +simple matter to carefully examine the glass plate to be +employed, but it will be obvious that with the ordinary dry +plate all the imperfections of the glass, such as dirt, scratches, +air-bubbles, etc., will be clearly reproduced in the image.</p> + +<p>Another method largely employed to produce reversed +negatives direct, is by means of a mirror or prism placed +either before or behind the lens. The prism is the more +convenient, but if large sizes are used it becomes a costly +piece of apparatus. The mirror, which should be a plane of +glass silvered on its surface, is a less expensive affair. By +either of these means the reversed negatives can be made +direct without suffering the least in quality.</p> + +<p>With celluloid or other flexible films, printing can, of +course, be done from either side. Practical men, however,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span> +say that, except with the very thinnest films, there is an +undoubted loss of sharpness in the grain when these films +are reversed and with some mechanical processes.</p> + +<p>Against this, however, it may be said that better contact +can be obtained in printing than if the film were upon a +piece of uneven glass, as is often the case, for by backing it +with a piece of plate-glass perfect contact is ensured everywhere.</p> + +<p>We come now to the method of stripping the film from the +glass. If the negative is made by the collodion process the +matter is a simple one. The glass is treated with French +chalk previous to collodionizing. After the negative is +made and dried it is laid on a leveling stand and a solution +of gelatine poured on it. When dry, it is readily stripped +by running a knife all round. With ordinary dry-plates the +method usually recommended is to immerse them in dilute +hydrofluoric acid. The difficulty often experienced here is +in the lateral expansion of the film. This will largely +depend upon the plate, or rather the quality of the gelatine +used. There are, however, two methods of securing the +films to some medium unaffected by moisture, and so prevent +expansion or distortion. The first is that recommended +by Mr. A. Pumphrey and the second by Mr. H. J. Burton, +modified descriptions of which are given in a recent number +of <i>The British Journal of Photography</i>. If the negative is +varnished this is removed. A thin film of gelatine is moistened +in a dilute solution of hydrofluoric acid, one part of +acid to sixty of water. This gelatine film is secured on +paper by a coating of india-rubber.</p> + +<p>The action of the dilute acid is to soften the gelatine, +making it very adhesive. It can, in this state, be readily +attached to the negative by squeegeeing. The acid in the +film passes through the negative, and releases it from the +glass. It can then be lifted off and pinned to a flat surface<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span> +to dry. The paper can afterward be stripped off, when dry, +by moistening the back with a little benzole to dissolve the +india-rubber. In this manner we get the stripped negative +in exactly the same size as when on the glass, to which it +can be restored at any time desired.</p> + +<p>Burton, in his method, employs collodion in place of paper +as the support. The negative is first coated with a thick +collodion, and this is allowed ten minutes or so to set. It is +then immersed in plain water until the film loses all appearance +of greasiness. A few drops of hydrofluoric acid are +added to the water, and the dish gently rocked. The film +will soon detach itself, when the plate should be at once +rinsed. Another plate previously coated with gelatine, and +dried, is placed in the dish, and the released film, after +reversing, is floated upon it, the two removed together, and +allowed to dry.</p> + +<p>So far we have only treated upon reverse negatives, either +obtained at once or reversed afterward. It often happens, +however, that we have an ordinary negative, which is +required to be reversed. This negative may be a valuable +one, and the risk involved in stripping it be too great.</p> + +<p>Another simple method of obtaining a reversed negative +is by means of the powder process. Although this process +is an old one, it appears to be but little known, for what +reason we have never been able to define. It is by no means +difficult, and by its means a negative can be obtained direct +from a negative without the intermediate positive transparency.</p> + +<p>The principle of the process is this: An organic tacky substance +is sensitized with potassium dichromate, and exposed +under a reversed positive to the action of light. All those +parts acted upon become hard, the stickiness disappearing +according to the strength of the light action, while those +parts protected by the darker parts of the positive retain<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span> +their adhesiveness. If a colored powder be dusted over, it +will be understood that it will adhere to the sticky parts only, +forming a visible image, the same being a reproduction of +the positive printed from. The process is very useful for +the production of lantern slides and transparencies, or for +the reproduction of negatives. Any of the following formulæ +may be employed for the manufacture of the organic substance:—</p> + + +<h3><span class="smcap">Solution A.</span></h3> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="4" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Gum arabic</td><td align='left'>25 grammes</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Grape sugar</td><td align='left'>60 grammes</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Purified honey</td><td align='left'>15 grammes</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Alcohol, 40 deg</td><td align='left'>15 c.c.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='left'>60 c.c.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<h3><span class="smcap">Solution B.</span></h3> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Saturated solution of ammonium dichromate.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Two solutions to be mixed together before using in proportions +15 A, 25 B, 50 water.</p> + + +<h3><span class="smcap">Woodbury's Formula.</span></h3> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="4" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Gum arabic</td><td align='left'>60 grains</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Glucose</td><td align='left'>45 grains</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Glycerine</td><td align='left'>10 minims</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Potassium dichromate</td><td align='left'>30 grains</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Distilled water</td><td align='left'>2 ounces</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3><span class="smcap">Obernetter Process.</span></h3> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="4" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Dextrine</td><td align='left'>60 grains</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>White sugar</td><td align='left'>75 grains</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ammonium dichromate</td><td align='left'>30 grains</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Glycerine</td><td align='left'>2 to 8 minims</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Distilled water</td><td align='left'>3 ounces</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The gum is first dissolved and the remainder of the ingredients +added. It may be necessary to warm the solution in +a hot water bath to dissolve it. It is then filtered through +flannel or clean muslin, and preserved for use in well-stoppered +bottles. With this solution clear glass plates are coated +and dried by a gentle heat over a small spirit lamp. The +plate while still warm is exposed under a reversed positive<a name="FNanchor_C_3" id="FNanchor_C_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_3" class="fnanchor">[C]</a> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> +for from two to five minutes in sunlight, and from 10 to 20 +minutes in diffused light. The image is then but slightly +visible. On removing from the printing frame the plate is +laid in the air (protected from light) for a few minutes to +absorb a little moisture from it. The next process is the +"dusting on." If the image is required to be black, fine +Siberian graphite is spread over it with a soft flat brush. +This will adhere to the parts unaffected by light, giving an +image of the positive. Any colored fine powder maybe used, +giving images in various colors. When fully developed the +excess of powder is dusted off and the film coated with collodion. +After this it is well washed to remove the unaltered +gum and dichromate salt. The film may, if desired, be +detached from the plate and used for enamels, ivory, wood, +textile fabrics, opals, etc.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 448px;"> +<img src="images/i_025.png" width="448" height="300" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER II.</h2> + +<h2><span class="smcap">The Transparency.</span></h2> + + +<p>Regular transparency gelatine dry plates are the handiest +for making positives, especially for amateurs, if one does not +care if the subject is in reverse, or if one has a reversed +negative to work from. There is a "special" carbon tissue, +price $4.00 per roll of 2 × 12 feet, made by the Autotype +Company, of London, England, with full instructions appended; +by a system of double transfer, reversed negatives +may be obtained with this tissue. The "special" tissue is +only to be used for the transparency. A safe edge of black +paper is required on the transparency, pasted up exactly to +the edge of the picture, on the glass side; it comes, sold in +strips, gummed, ready for use, about ¼ inch wide; this is +required, as the tissue used for the negative resist on the +copper plate, which is printed from the transparency, must +have a safe edge, shielded from the light, or it will not attach +itself to the copper plate, the tissue coming inside half way. +The screw pressure printing frame should have a piece of +heavy felt for backing the transparency.</p> + +<p>The following instructions for making carbon transparencies +will no doubt be found useful:</p> + +<p>The carbon tissue prepared for this process consists of +paper coated with gelatine containing carbon, lamp-black, or +other pigments.</p> + +<p>The Autotype Company, of London, manufacture a special +"transparency" tissue.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Cutting up the Tissue</span> is performed by unrolling it gently +upon a zinc cutting plate, cut square and true, with the inches +marked at the bottom and right-hand side. By using a T<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span> +square and observing the numbered inches marked on the +plate, it will not be difficult to cut the tissue to any dimension. +If the tissue is very curly and unmanageable it should +be kept down with convenient weights. After cutting it up +to the required sizes, which should be conveniently smaller +than the dish to be used for sensitizing, it should be kept +flat under a metal plate.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Sensitizing the Tissue</span> is the next operation. This is +performed in a solution of potassium dichromate rendered +alkaline with ammonia. Tie over the mouth of a two-gallon +jug a piece of muslin, to form a kind of bag, into which place +fifteen ounces of potassium dichromate, then fill up the jug +with water and allow it to stand until the dichromate is dissolved +and the solution becomes cold. It is sometimes advisable +to regulate the quantity of dichromate. In hot weather, +or for very thin negatives, the proportion of water should be +doubled, while for very hard negatives only half the quantity +should be used. In very hot weather it is often advantageous +to replace about 30 per cent. of the water with the +same quantity of alcohol.</p> + +<p>The operation of sensitizing the tissue must be carried on +in a room lighted by a window covered with a yellow blind. +A flat dish of porcelain, glass, or <i>papier maché</i>, a squeegee, +and a sheet of glass or zinc larger than the tissue, will be +required.</p> + +<p>The solution is poured into the dish, and should be at least +two inches deep. The tissue is then immersed in it, and the +air-bells that form immediately brush away from both sides +with a broad camel's-hair brush. The temperature of the bath +should not be higher than 60 deg. Fahr.; and the time of +immersion should be from three to five minutes. After the +tissue has remained in the solution for the allotted time it is +gently removed and laid face downward upon the glass or +zinc plate, and the back squeegeed, removing all superfluous<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> +solution. The tissue is removed from the glass and laid over +a sheet of cardboard, bent into the form of an arch, to dry.</p> + +<p>Another method (H. J. Burton's) of sensitizing carbon +tissue is to lay it flat on a sheet of clean blotting paper, and +sponge on the back a very strong sensitizing solution composed +as follows:</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="4" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Potassium dichromate</td><td align='left'>4 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Liquid ammonia fort</td><td align='left'>1 ounce</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='left'>20 ounces</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>First mix the ammonia with the water, then grind up and +add the dichromate.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Drying the Tissue</span> should be accomplished in a room perfectly +free from the noxious fumes of other chemicals, and +lighted only by non-actinic light. Tissues sensitized during +the evening should be dry on the following morning. It +should then be cut to the sizes required and kept flat in a +pressure frame, or other similar contrivance.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Exposing the Tissue.</span>—The tissue can be exposed behind +the negative in an ordinary printing frame, or in special +frames having no joint in the back, as no image is visible. +The negative must be furnished with a safe edge, made by +painting an edge about one-eighth of an inch round the +negative with black varnish, or by pasting on strips of red or +black paper. Exposure must be judged by an actinometer. +A very suitable instrument for timing the exposure of carbon +tissue is Sawyer's actinometer. It consists of a rectangular +tin box with a glass lid, bearing twelve tints graduated from +slight discoloration to a degree of opacity, representing the +extreme amount of deposit upon the lights of the densest +negatives, each division of this screen of tints bearing a number +in opaque pigments; and a roll of sensitive paper is placed +in the box, and the end pulled forward so as to pass under +the tints. When this arrangement is placed in the light, the +silver paper commences to discolor underneath the graduated<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span> +screen, beginning of course at the lightest, but the number +on the tint being in an opaque pigment is preserved white, +and serves to register the progress of printing; for if, when +the lid is opened, the number one, for instance, shows clearly +on a tinted ground, the instrument is said to have registered +one tint; by that time the number two will have begun to +make its appearance, and, if sufficient exposure be given, the +light will print through the whole scale by successive steps, +and show up the numbers, one to twelve. With an instrument +of this kind it is evident that, by exposing alongside +the carbon tissue and determining the number of +tints required for the proper exposure of that negative, the +same number of tints with the same negative will always +prove right. A little practice will enable one to judge the +number of tints required for every class of negative.</p> + +<p>It will be well to remark here that freshly sensitized tissue +will produce inferior pictures to that used a day or two after; +the pictures are not so hard, and there is less danger of the +high-lights being washed away.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Continuing Action of Light.</span>—If the carbon tissue +after exposure to the light, be kept in the dark for a little +time the effect on the print will be precisely the same as if +the exposure to light had been prolonged. This continuing +action of light may often be utilized to advantage. Pictures +known to be under-exposed will, if kept till morning, by that +time have acquired the same force as if they had received +the proper exposure.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Development</span> consists simply in dissolving the gelatine unaffected +by light, with hot water as the solvent.</p> + +<p>Immerse the exposed tissue in a bath containing cold +water. It will first of all curl up, but afterward lay flat +and limp. It is then placed in another bath containing cold +water together with a sheet of glass which has previously +been coated with a 5 per cent. solution of gelatine. Bring<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span> +them together face to face, draw them out, and force into +close contact with a large squeegee; then place between +blotting paper for five or ten minutes. In squeegeeing, the +tissue should be uppermost, and a sheet of American cloth +laid over it to prevent the squeegee from damaging it.</p> + +<p>Development should not be attempted for at least twenty +minutes, during which time the glass, with the tissue on it, +should be placed between sheets of blotting paper, and kept +under pressure to insure its adherence to the glass support. +After that time it is placed in a dish, and water heated to a +temperature of 100 deg. F. added. The colored pigment +will at once commence to ooze out of the edges, and after a +little time the paper originally holding the carbon film may +be removed with the hand. Then, by gently leveling the +picture with the hand, the superfluous gelatine will be +washed away, and if the exposure has been correct a perfect +image should remain. A certain amount of control can be +kept over an autotype picture. An over-exposed print will +show itself by insolubility of the gelatine, and the high +light refusing to be washed clear. The temperature should +be raised considerably, and hot water poured over with a +jug. If this fails to reduce the intensity, add a little +ammonia to the water as a last resource, though the better +plan is to make another print, giving less exposure. Under-exposure +results in over-solubility of the gelatine. The +half-tones will be washed clean away. It is rarely an under-exposed +print can be saved. All that can be done is to +reduce the temperature of the water. Development should +never be hurried; the slower it is the better the gradation +of tone in the results.</p> + +<p>After development is complete the bichromate salt is +discharged, and the image rendered perfectly insoluble by +well washing in cold water and placing in a dish containing +a 5 per cent. solution of potash alum, after which it is again +washed and dried.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p> + +<p>Another method of making a transparency and one that +involves less trouble is by means of the transparency plates +which are now in the market. Of these we have tried Carbutt's +with the greatest success. For these the following +instructions are given:</p> + +<p>The requisites are, a deep printing-frame a size larger +than the negative to be used, with a flat glass bottom clear +and free from scratches (crystal plate is best), a dark-room +Lantern, or other artificial light, and Keystone +Gelatino-Albumen Plates. Transparencies can be made +same size of negative by contact and exposure to artificial +light, or enlarged or reduced in the camera by daylight, +with equal perfection in result. To make transparencies by +contact place one of the Keystone thin crystal glass transparency +plates over the negative in printing-frame, lay piece +of dark soft material over it, close down the back, and expose +to the light of the lantern or to a gas flame or other +artificial light, for 10 to 30 seconds, according to density of +negative, at a distance of 20 inches from the flame. Use +the following developer:</p> + + +<h3><span class="smcap">Eikonogen and Hydrochinon Developer.</span></h3> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="4" summary=""> +<tr><th colspan='3' align='center'>A.</th></tr> +<tr><th align='left'>Metric Weight.</th><th> </th><th align='right'>Avoirdupois Weight.</th></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>600 c.c.m</td><td align='center'>Distilled Water</td><td align='right'>20 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>120 grammes</td><td align='center'>Sulphite of Soda Crystals</td><td align='right'>4 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>22 grammes</td><td align='center'>Eikonogen</td><td align='right'>330 grains</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>10½ grammes</td><td align='center'>Hydrochinon</td><td align='right'>160 grains</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>960 c.c.m</td><td align='center'>Water to make up to</td><td align='right'>32 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><th colspan='3' align='center'> </th></tr> +<tr><th colspan='3' align='center'>B.</th></tr> +<tr><th align='left'>Metric Weight.</th><th> </th><th align='right'>Avoirdupois Weight.</th></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>600 c.c.m</td><td align='center'>Distilled Water</td><td align='right'>20 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>60 grammes</td><td align='center'>Carbonate of Potash</td><td align='right'>2 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>60 grammes</td><td align='center'>Carbonate Soda Crystals</td><td align='right'>2 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>960 c.c.m</td><td align='center'>Water to make up to</td><td align='right'>32 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='center'></td><td align='right'></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='center'></td><td align='right'></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='center'></td><td align='right'></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='center'></td><td align='right'></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='center'></td><td align='right'></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='center'></td><td align='right'></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>For use take 1 ounce (30 c.c.) of A, ¾ ounce (25 c.c.) of B, +with 4 ounces (120 c.c.) of water.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span></p> + +<p>More of A will increase density, more of B will increase +detail and softness. Temperature of developer should not +vary much below 65 deg. nor above 75 deg. The after treatment +is same as with any other developer.</p> + +<p>Let the development continue until the blacks look quite +strong, and detail showing in the high-lights; wash off developer, +then immerse in</p> + + +<h3><span class="smcap">Carbutt's New Acid Fixing and Clearing Bath.</span></h3> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="4" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>4 c.c.m</td><td align='center'>Sulphuric Acid</td><td align='right'>1 drachm</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>480 grammes</td><td align='center'>Hyposulphite of Soda</td><td align='right'>16 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>60 grammes</td><td align='center'>Sulphite of Soda</td><td align='right'>2 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>30 grammes</td><td align='center'><a name="FNanchor_D_4" id="FNanchor_D_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_D_4" class="fnanchor">[D]</a>Chrome Alum</td><td align='right'>1 ounce</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1920 c.c.m</td><td align='center'>Warm Water</td><td align='right'>64 ounces</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Dissolve the hyposulphite of soda in 48 ounces (1440 c.c.m.) +of water, the sulphite of soda in 6 ounces (180 c.c.m.) of water; +mix the sulphuric acid with two ounces (60 c.c.m.) of water, +and pour slowly into the sulphite soda solution, and add to +the hyposulphite; then dissolve the chrome alum in 8 ounces +(240 c.c.m.) of water and add to the bulk of solution, and the +bath is ready. This fixing bath will not discolor until after +long usage, and both clears up the shadows of the negative +and hardens the film at the same time.</p> + +<p>Let remain two or three minutes after transparency is +cleared of all appearance of silver bromide. Then wash in +running water for not less than half an hour to free from +any trace of hypo solution. Swab the surface with wad of +wet cotton, rinse, and place in rack to dry spontaneously. +Then varnish with plain collodion.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER III.</h2> + +<h2><span class="smcap">The Carbon Tissue—(Sensitizing and Exposure).</span></h2> + + +<p>The carbon tissue used as a resist, which is mounted on +the copper plate, is made by the Autotype Company, London, +England. No. 100 Standard Brown is the right grade to use, +though I have reached good results with No. 103. The No. 100 +is a heavier grade than No. 103, and requires two or three +minutes longer exposure than the latter. Use a deep printing +frame with a screw pressure to secure absolute contact, which +is known by iridescent markings appearing on the glass of +the printing frame. A Johnson's actinometer is very useful +to time the exposure. From 4 to 6 tints are necessary. +Experience here is the only guide, as the light varies as well +as the density of the negative and the sensitiveness of the +tissue. If one does not have an actinometer, a slip of albumen +paper may be used; as soon as the paper has reached the +darkest point, which is then called one tint, extend it so that +a fresh portion comes out to the light, and so on for the +different tints. In September, for instance, the darkest tint +is reached in about 3 to 4 minutes; two tints and a half or +8 minutes in the shade at midday on a clear day in September +is about right,—this is understood to be with medium negatives +and No. 103 tissue sensitized within three days.</p> + +<p>You should over-expose rather than under-expose, allowance +being made when the acid is used. Print deeply, so +that, on development, the negative tissue on the copper plate +shows all the detail clearly in the shadows. The tissue +should not appear very dark on the plate. The copper +should show up through the gelatine clearly and brightly. +The thinner the negative tissue, the quicker the biting of the +acid.</p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span></p> + +<h3><span class="smcap">Sensitizing the Tissue.</span></h3> + +<p>The carbon tissue comes only in rolls of 2½ feet by 12 feet, +price $3.00, not cut. It is not sold in a sensitive condition. +Full instructions with each roll for sensitizing. Tap water +will do, but I would suggest distilled water for making the +sensitizing solution of bichromate of potassium.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="4" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Bichromate of potassium</td><td align='left'>1 ounce</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Water</td><td align='left'>16 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Alcohol</td><td align='left'>½ drachm</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ammonia</td><td align='left'>12 drops</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The best way to sensitize the tissue, is to place the tissue +face up, keeping it flat so that the solution reaches all parts at +once, removing all air bubbles, and rubbing in the solution +with the fingers until pliant; the time of immersion is three +minutes in winter, two minutes in summer. The hands +should be washed directly after handling the solution, and +care must be taken that there are no cuts on the fingers, as +the solution is very harmful, but if due care is exercised and +the hands well washed immediately with soap, little, if any, +trouble will be experienced; use rubber finger tips as much +as possible. Keep the temperature of the solution at 70 deg. +both in summer and winter. Take a piece of glass free from +scratches (an inch larger all round than the tissue); have the +glass ready cleaned with ammonia and talcum powder of fine +whiting, squeegee the sensitized carbon tissue directly from +the solution on to the glass and place to dry at night in a +light-tight box; it will be dry in the morning.</p> + +<p>The tissue is in the best condition for three days after +sensitizing; it can be used up to seven days; it gradually +increases in sensitiveness from day to day. After a week or +ten days has elapsed, it is hard to manage and becomes unreliable. +When the tissue is dry take a sharp knife and cut +inside the edge, and strip off one corner. Fairly good results +can be reached by simply drying over a curved piece of pulp<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> +board, which is tied with string on each end, but squeegeeing +on glass gives a sharper result. The addition of ammonia +and alcohol to the sensitizing solution makes it easier to strip +the paper from the copper plate, after the carbon tissue is +mounted on the plate, and enables one to develop the resist +in the water at a lower temperature than without it, thus +avoiding pits in the darker portions and white specks or +bubbles in the lights, should the water reach too high a +temperature.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 448px;"> +<img src="images/i_035.png" width="448" height="329" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER IV.</h2> + +<h2><span class="smcap">The Cleaning and Graining of the Copper Plate, and +Grade of Copper Necessary, and Where and How +to Buy It at Reasonable Prices.</span></h2> + + +<p>The best copper is recognized by its rosy lustre. Pure +copper only should be used. It can be purchased ready +polished and beveled from several firms in New York. The +best way, if large quantities of plates are required, is to buy +the copper in the rough of one firm and have it polished by +another, and bevel it yourself if necessary with a file and +burnish it by hand, or the firm who polish it will do the +beveling for you.</p> + +<p>The Scovill & Adams Co. supply copper-plates of the +finest quality, ready polished, for photogravure work.</p> + +<p>Total cost by this method about one-third less than by +purchasing ready made. It makes a copper plate 1/16 grade, +9 × 11, cost about $1.10. Order your copper 1/16 in. grade up +to 10 × 12; larger sizes 1/8 in. grade. If you use 1/16 in. grade +above this size, the plate is liable to buckle. Be sure the +plate is free from pits and scratches and with a high polish. +Have what the polishers and engravers call a rouge polish. +If they do not supply it, rouge it yourself with powdered +rouge and turpentine, using a ball of absorbent cotton over +a large piece of smooth cork. A good way to buy rouge is +in the stick; it is more economical. Rub the wet cotton on +it and the right quantity is assured. Pits in the copper may +be taken out by tapping upon the back with a nail set, using +a small piece of polished steel to lay the face of the plate on, +and localizing the spot with a pair of calipers. The part +raised by the tapping, cut away with the scraper, then rub<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span> +the spot with Scotch stone and water, then a piece of +engraver's charcoal (cut to a pencil point), with machine oil; +then burnish with the regular engraver's burnisher and +sperm oil, finishing with rouge and refined turpentine.</p> + +<p>When the plate is well polished, make a strong solution of +caustic potash (C.P.), which comes in sticks, as strong as +possible, as long as it does not stain the copper. It should +register about 40 deg. with an actinometer used to test silver +solutions.</p> + +<p>Take a piece of absorbent cotton and clean the copper +with potash (by the way, use finger tips); rinse under tap +for five minutes, then a fresh piece of cotton with alcohol at +95 per cent., rinse again with water, and place in warm water +for final rinsing; stand up on corner, or place in drying +frame usually used for negatives; allow to drain. Should +any stains appear, it must be recleaned and all the operations +repeated until it drains off without streaks, for these +streaks and spots of stain are caused by the caustic potassa, +which is difficult to remove. It is as hard to get rid of from +the copper as hyposulphite is from a negative. These streaks +retard the acid on the copper wherever they appear, and +cause defects in the recording of the original tones of the +negative.</p> + +<p>The plate is then ready for graining.</p> + + +<h3>II.—<span class="smcap">Graining the Copper Plate.</span></h3> + +<p>A grain is required on the copper plate so that the tones +will be reproduced, as copper has not a sufficient grain of its +own. The grain is given to the copper plate by dusting it +with powdered Syrian asphaltum or resin. Have a paste-board +box made 18 inches high, 12 inches wide and 8 inches +deep, perfectly air-tight, with a small door running the whole +length on the widest side, an inch or two from the bottom. +Have the inside of the box perfectly smooth; place within<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> +the box 4 ounces finely powdered Syrian asphaltum (sold by +Messrs. Theodore Metcalf & Co., Tremont Street, Boston, +Mass.); it is difficult to find in New York. Shake the box +vigorously, place on table, insert a piece of wood an inch +high made in shape of cross (or open square, or have netting +of wire raised an inch from the bottom of the box); the +copper plate, previously cleaned, is at once placed face up +upon it. Instead of shaking the box it can be arranged upon +supports (see fig. 1), and revolved.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 480px;"> +<span class="caption smcap">Fig. 1.</span> +<img src="images/i_038.png" width="480" height="505" alt="Fig. 1." title="" /> +</div> + +<p>Close the door instantly, and let the plate remain about +two minutes; carefully remove the plate and place it on a +Florence oil lamp, holding the plate with a hand vise, watch +carefully until the powder disappears from the surface and +the plate slightly smokes, then stand aside to cool. Do not +keep the plate too long on the heater, or the particles of dust +will run together, forming an impenetrable varnish over the +plate. This part of the process is not difficult, but requires +practice. Preserve each atom of dust as much as possible, +examine with magnifying glass and, when cool, test with +finger nail; if it rubs off easily, it has not been heated +enough; then the plate must be re-cleaned and again pow<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>dered. +To get a good all-round working grain, suitable for +medium subjects, the plate should be placed at once in the +box after shaking; thus the coarser particles that fall first, +and the finer, which gradually settle, will combine after two +or three minutes.</p> + +<p>Many combinations will be suggested to the student by +practice to suit the subject; for instance, waiting for two +minutes and then inserting the plate, gives a fine grain for +delicate subjects. Powdered dragon's blood (resin) in combination +with asphaltum makes a beautiful grain; a separate +box may be used for the dragon's blood; the asphaltum first +dusted on the plate, then inserted in the dragon's blood box +for twenty or thirty seconds, then melted together. The +dragon's blood melts first, then the asphaltum.</p> + +<p>The air brush is also used by professionals; it throws a +resinous spirit varnish, coarse or fine, as required.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 448px;"> +<img src="images/i_039.png" width="448" height="284" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER V.</h2> + +<h2><span class="smcap">Development of Negative Resist on the Copper Plate, +and Preparation for Biting with Acid through +the Gelatine.</span></h2> + + +<p>Have a wooden box made 24 inches long, by 12 inches high, +12 inches wide, with door 6 inches high on side, fastened with +hinges, top and bottom of box open; cover top with sheet +zinc. Place inside Florence oil lamp; the door is valuable +to regulate the heat. On top of box place deep porcelain +tray, 11 × 14, fill with water half full; in the water place two +pieces of plate glass ½ inch high and 4 inches long, on which +to place copper to keep it from the bottom of the tray. Slide +the copper plate into the water, removing all air bubbles, +keeping the fingers off the surface of the plate. Take the +sensitized and exposed tissue and place face down in the cold +water (65 deg.) sliding it gradually in at further end of the +paper so as to avoid air bubbles; the instant the paper curls +backward, place it over the copper plate and remove it +quickly from the water. This has to be done with celerity +or it will be found difficult to mount the tissue with the +squeegee on the copper, and also it should be exactly placed +with reference to the top and sides of the copper; all this, +of course, to be done under water, never allow it to slip up +out of it. Place plate on table and squeegee into place, +stroking firmly from the centre, each way. Place face down +on clean blotting paper, under heavy weight for fifteen +minutes. While plate is under pressure (which is necessary +to enable the gelatine to expand and attach itself to the +plate), start the lamp gradually, and by the time the paper +is ready the water should register on the thermometer 75 deg.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span> +Slide the plate under water removing air bubbles as they +appear, with a ball of absorbent cotton; when the heat of +the water reaches 90 deg. Fahr., the gelatine commences to +ooze from all around the edges of the paper, and after the +plate has remained in the water about ten minutes after the +showing up of the gelatine (at the temperature from 90 to 95 +deg.), take a pin and carefully raise the paper at the corner, +gradually pulling away the paper toward the opposite corner, +keeping the hand close to the water; should the gelatine +which adheres to the plate appear to lift, wait a few minutes +longer and start another corner. After the paper is stripped +from the plate, gently develop the negative resist with a +piece of fresh absorbent cotton, delicately rubbing the surface, +edges first, and lave the plate up and down in the +water, keeping the temperature steadily at 90 to 95 deg., by +raising or lowering the lamp. (Should the paper be under-exposed +and appear very black on the copper, develop at +100 to 110 deg., not over. If over-exposed it will appear +very thin, and the heat of the water must not go over 90 deg.; +it will strip at 88 to 90 deg.) Then the negative image +gradually appears, the darks first, which are of course the +brightest portions; when all detail appears in the shadows +and the negative stands out clear and bright, take it out of +the dark-room (which is lighted with an ordinary lamp), and +gently wash under the tap with clean and cold water at 65 to +70 deg.</p> + +<p>Dry the resist with alcohol, pouring it over the plate from +one end, starting with half alcohol and half water, gradually +adding more alcohol and eliminating the water, until a final +flooding with absolute alcohol is reached; use fresh solutions +of alcohol and water for each copper; don't use old alcohol +for anything except cleaning the copper at the end, and for +removing the spirit varnish. Stand up to dry against the +wall, face out, and standing square on the bottom of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> +plate, in the same position as you flooded it with alcohol; it +will be dry in twenty minutes if rightly flooded. The bare +copper should now be protected by a strong varnish in +alcohol (it must flow freely off the brush); a good varnish +for this purpose, and the best I know of, is an etcher's +asphaltum stopping-out varnish, sold by Messrs. Devoe & Co., +New York; price 50 cents per bottle. Should it get thick as +you come to the bottom of the bottle, add a little spirits of +lavender until it flows again freely. Take an architect's +ruling pen and carefully rule a line with the varnish up to +the edge of the picture, making it exactly true with the sides +of the plate and the space on each side of the work the same +with the top, the bottom space slightly larger; make sure +that it slightly comes inside the picture. Keep the rule away +from the surface of the gelatine, as it is very delicate. Then +cover all the rest of the copper, protecting the bare parts +and bevel, and bringing the varnish up to the line. Allow to +dry hard; about twenty minutes will do. Form a wall about +the resist, with walling wax, about an inch high; make a lip +at one corner, the further left hand one, for instance; see +that there are no leaks. There are several grades of wax, but +Liedel & Co.'s is the best; when ordering you should give +the name as modeling wax; gray is a good color. Pans can +be used made of tin and varnished, or porcelain trays, protecting +the back and edges of the plate with varnish, but +I find the wax very helpful, especially on large plates.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER VI.</h2> + +<h2><span class="smcap">The Acid Baths.—How to Make Them and Method of +Biting through the Gelatine.</span></h2> + + +<p>Perchloride of iron C.P. is the acid generally used for +this purpose; it is a still acid, and if the room is well ventilated +no harm to health results, but care must be taken to +air the baths after making to get rid of the surplus chlorine.</p> + +<p>Four baths are used, each of different strengths, the +strongest is used first, the weakest last. I quote from the +catalogue of the Boston Art Museum, of the exhibition illustrating +the technical methods of the Reproductive Arts and +Photo-Mechanical Processes, held January 8, 1892: "Photo-aquatint +(photogravure) for the production of half-tone intaglio +plates from photographs from nature, paintings, etc. +A dry aquatint ground is laid on a metal plate, and over this +is mounted a gelatine negative film, made by the pigment +printing process. To obtain this negative film a <i>reversed</i> +positive on glass has first to be made. The reason why this +positive must be reversed will become clear when the nature +of the manipulations in the pigment printing process, which +involves the turning of the film, are considered. The film +mounted on the plate is a washout relief, thickest in those +parts which are to show white in the impressions from the +plate, and gradually growing thinner toward the darkest +parts, where it is thinnest. The film acts as a 'resist' to the +mordant, allowing it to pass freely in the thinnest parts, and +less freely as it increases in thickness. If, however, the film +were mounted on the bare plate, and the biting then proceeded +with, the result would be of no practical use, as the +plate would present merely shallow hollows, incapable of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span> +holding the ink, and which would therefore be wiped out in +the attempt to clean the surface of the plate. This is, however, +prevented by the aquatint ground, which allows the +mordant to circulate only in the channels around the resinous +particles of which it consists, and thus produces a grain +precisely as in ordinary aquatinting. The mordant used in +perchloride of iron, which is a 'still mordant,' <i>i.e.</i>, one which +does not evolve bubbles of gas. An effervescent mordant +cannot be used as the bubbles rising under the film would +tear it up. In biting, successive baths of varying strength +are made.</p> + +<p>"A strong solution of perchloride of iron penetrates only +the thinner parts of the film, whereas a weaker acts also +through the thicker parts. The biting, therefore, begins +with a strong solution, which acts only in the darkest parts, +and followed up with weaker and weaker solutions, which +continue the biting in the darks and at the same time carry +it on gradually toward the lights. If necessary, the plate is +worked over with the burnisher to brighten the lights, and +with roulettes, etc., to strengthen the darks."</p> + +<p>Purchase nine (9) pounds of perchloride of iron in crystals +(45 cents per pound), take a wide-mouthed gallon jar, place +within half a gallon of distilled water, add the iron until it +tests 30 deg. by a Beaumé hydrometer, pour off enough to +fill a one-litre glass stoppered bottle, after filtering through +absorbent cotton. Keep adding the iron to the jar until the +strength of each bath is reached. To the strongest solution +add half a drachm of C. P. muriatic acid, and to the weakest +half a drachm C. P. nitric acid; the nitric acid is added so +that in the last biting a good final nip is given to the copper.</p> + +<p>I here give my own formula, with those recommended by +others.</p> + +<p>The four (4) baths should be well aired for a day (in broad +pans) in the open air before filtering.</p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span></p> + +<h3><span class="smcap">Formula for Acid Baths.</span></h3> + +<p class="center">(<span class="smcap">H. R. Blaney.</span>)</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 1</td><td align='center'>should</td><td align='center'>register</td><td align='center'>to</td><td align='center'>Beaumé's</td><td align='left'>scale </td><td align='left'>42 deg.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 2</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>37 deg.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 3</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>33 deg.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 4</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>30 deg.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The temperature of the bath to be at 63 deg. Fahr. when tested.</p> + +<p class="center">(<span class="smcap">Denison's.</span>)</p> + +<p>No. 1 should be made to register Beaumé's scale, 45 deg., the percentage +of perchloride in this solution is 47, and the specific gravity 1.444.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 2, 40</td><td align='center'>deg.;</td><td align='center'>percentage,</td><td align='center'>41;</td><td align='center'>spec. grav. </td><td align='left'>1.375</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 3, 38</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>38;</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.339</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 4, 35</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>35;</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.313</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 5, 27</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>27;</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.225</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>From an article in the <i>Photographic News</i> (English), Nov. 1, 1889, as +practiced in India.</p> + + +<h3><span class="smcap">Biting Bath.</span></h3> + +<p class="center">(<span class="smcap">Waterhouse.</span>)</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 1,</td><td align='center'>sp. grav.,</td><td align='center'>1.444;</td><td align='center'>ap. per ct. of</td><td align='left'>Fe<sub>2</sub>, Cl<sub>6</sub> = </td><td align='left'>47</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 2,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.375;</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>41</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 3,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.339;</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>38</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 4,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.313;</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>35</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 5,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.225;</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>27</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>A stronger solution of 48 deg. has been tried (by the above) but has +no penetrating power through even the thinnest film.</p> + + +<h3><span class="smcap">Another Formula.</span></h3> + +<p>For large plates, 20 lbs. perchloride of iron and distilled water, until +weight amounts to 1.500 grammes per 1000 c.c. From this four (4) +solutions are made, at</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 1, 42</td><td align='center'>deg.</td><td align='center'>Beaumé;</td><td align='center'>spec. grav. </td><td align='left'>1.420</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 2, 38</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.375</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 3, 35</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.330</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>No. 4, 31</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='left'>1.285</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>The plate is now ready for biting. Keep a record of the +bitings, and length of time for each one, for after-study; also +note the time of exposure of the tissue, age of same, etc., etc.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span></p> + +<p>Pour the acid from a glass graduate with one sweep over +the plate, removing all bubbles with a feather, noting the +time of immersion so as to guide you. Start with 42 deg., +having ready the 37 deg. in another graduate, watch carefully +the action of the acid, and if the resist has been properly +printed, the action of the acid will show after a minute; if +longer it means a generally longer biting for each bath.</p> + + +<h3><span class="smcap">Average Bitings.</span></h3> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>42 deg., No. 1</td><td align='left'>5 minutes</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>37 deg., No. 2</td><td align='left'>5 minutes</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>33 deg., No. 3</td><td align='left'>2 minutes</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>30 deg., No. 4</td><td align='left'>2 minutes</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left' colspan='2'>Temperature of bath at 70 deg. Fahr., with No. 103 tissue.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Total of different bitings, from 10 to 25 minutes, according +to depth of printing. It always varies. There is no hard +and fast rule; you must in time learn to judge by your eye +alone. The acid will first attack the thinnest part of the +film, wherever that may be, and when the darkening of the +copper ceases to spread to the next thickest parts, instantly +pour off the acid, and pour on the 37 deg. Do not allow the +atmosphere to act on the gelatine while biting any longer +than is necessary to pour off one bath and quickly pour on a +new one. The 37 and 33 deg. baths are for the middle tones, +the 30 deg. for the most delicate ones. The action of each +bath is cumulative, the 37 deg. biting a little where the +42 deg. had bitten, the 33 deg. doing the same for those +before it, besides taking care of itself, and the 30 deg. attacking +all more or less. During the biting with the 30 deg. solution, +it should be continued until the whites just turn color, and a +minute beyond; that is, the copper should begin to show a +very little under the thickest and darkest film.</p> + +<p>(Note that in the carbon resist the shadows are transparent +and the high lights are opaque.)<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span></p> + +<p>The length of the last biting very seldom is over two +minutes. It is better to overbite your darks, and underbite +your lights, if you vary any.</p> + +<p>The amount of moisture in the air and the heat of the day +influences the length of biting. In hot weather in summer +it is very difficult to work the process, the walling wax being +discarded and the copper (back and edges protected by +varnish) placed in a porcelain tray, surrounded by ice-water +and kept at 65 to 70 deg., and the acid pured over the plate +to the depth of one inch.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 358px;"> +<img src="images/i_047.png" width="358" height="336" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER VII.</h2> + +<h2><span class="smcap">Cleaning and Polishing the Plate, with Tools Necessary +for Retouching.</span></h2> + + +<p>When the biting is finished rapidly place the plate under +the tap and rinse thoroughly, breaking away the film with +your fingers; it seems to have rotted under the action of the +acid and is easily removed.</p> + +<p>Remove the walling wax, clean off the varnish with chloroform +or turpentine, or alcohol first, and chloroform last. This +leaves a dim picture on the plate, with a kind of scum over +it; wet the plate with turpentine and start heavily with rouge, +rubbing to and fro equally all over the plate with a ball of +absorbent cotton; continue this treatment, using less and +less rouge and more turpentine until you give the final polish +to the high lights with a clean dry piece of cotton. Be very +careful not to overdo in rouging; the scum (if the biting of +the plate is of medium strength) should clear from the plate +with hardly a touch, and with very little rouging. Some +plates require a great deal of rouging; it then generally +means that you must look to your sensitizer. I again draw +your attention to the rouging; here is where any artistic +feeling you may possess will come into play with taste and +patience.</p> + +<p>After the plate is rouged sufficiently, an engraver's burnisher +is used to clean up the highest lights and to modify +others. Two or three roulettes of different fineness are +valuable to touch up any darks that need deepening; it +matches very well with the grain, but I am always trying to +dispense with the use of the roulettes; one ought to get it +with the acid alone. A No. 6 sewing needle in a holder<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span> +(dentist's pin-holder, screw end) is necessary to touch out +occasional white specks. You will have plenty of them at +first unless you look out carefully for dust on the film; keep +all your solutions constantly attended to by occasional filtering, +and don't use your sensitizing solution more than half a +dozen times; keep it well corked; if it gets old it scums the +plate too much.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 448px;"> +<img src="images/i_049.png" width="448" height="305" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER VIII.</h2> + +<h2><span class="smcap">Printing the Plate and Steel Facing.</span></h2> + + +<p>Before final finishing by hand a working proof should be +printed from the plate by an expert plate printer, by which, +what the plate needs can be determined before final proving.</p> + +<p>Have the plate proved on different papers, and with different +colored inks, so as to judge the effect. Imperial Japan +is the best paper, besides etching paper, India, thin Chinese +and Japanese papers. The cost of proving per single proof +is 25 cents for a 4 × 6 plate on Imp. Japan, about $2.00 per +doz. same paper; etching paper, about $5.00 per 100—less +for large quantities.</p> + +<p>A second-hand D press, suitable for printing large or small +editions or for proving, can be bought in Boston or New +York for from $75 to $100. For instructions in printing see +Hamerton's "Etchers and Etching."</p> + + +<h3><span class="smcap">Steel Facing.</span></h3> + +<p>The life of a photogravure plate without steel facing does +not last much beyond 75 impressions, so that if an edition +is needed, send the plate to any good printer who will have it +steel-faced for you; their charges are very moderate, about 50 +cents for a 4 × 6 plate. The steel-facing is accomplished by +first making the plate chemically clean, as before preparation +for graining, only be very thorough in using an old tooth-brush +to get out the dirt and in addition use chloroform before using +potash. Then solder a copper wire on to the back. The negative +wire is attached to the copper plate. To the positive pole of the +quart Smee battery is fastened a bright steel plate same size +of copper, in a gallon jar. The plates are hung from glass<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span> +rods ½ inch apart, a sufficient quantity of the following +solution to be poured into the jar:</p> + + +<p class="center">(<span class="smcap">Denison's.</span>)</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="4" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Warm water</td><td align='left'>20 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Ammonium chloride</td><td align='left'>3 ounces</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Sulphate of iron and ammonia</td><td align='left'>4 ounces</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p class="noidt">Filter, and let stand for 24 hours. Five (5) minutes will +cover the plate with a thin film of steel.</p> + + + +<h3>(<span class="smcap">Obernetter's.</span>)</h3> + +<p>"Place the copper plate in a porcelain tray on the bottom +of which rests a brightly burnished copper wire, the negative +pole.</p> + +<p>"The anode on the positive pole, a bright steel plate, is suspended +over the copper plate, and kept in motion while the +circuit is closed. A precipitate of steel, resembling silver in +appearance, must instantly occur upon the copper plate, any +air-bells to be removed. Five minutes is sufficient to deposit +a perfect steel coating." Grease the plate after steel facing, +to keep off the rust. Formula:</p> + +<p class="center">(<span class="smcap">Obernetter's.</span>)</p> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="4" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Distilled water</td><td align='left'>1 litre</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Chloride of ammonium</td><td align='left'>60 grammes</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Proto sulphate of iron</td><td align='left'>30 grammes</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Iron alum</td><td align='left'>30 grammes</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 448px;"> +<img src="images/i_051.png" width="448" height="197" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER IX.</h2> + +<h2><span class="smcap">Materials Necessary for Photogravure, and List of +Firms Supplying them.</span></h2> + + +<h3><i>Materials.</i></h3> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="noidt"> +Printing Frame (deep), 8 × 10, screw pressure, $8.<br /> +Roll Carbon Tissue, No. 100; Standard Brown, $3.<br /> +Johnson Actinometer, $1.25.<br /> +Beaumé Hydrometer, $1.25 (with glass).<br /> +Silver " (argentometer) 75c.<br /> +Engravers' Scraper, $1.75, best grade.<br /> + " Burnisher, $1.75, "<br /> +Powder Box for graining (paste-board), $1.<br /> +Powdered Syrian Asphaltum, $1 per pound.<br /> +Nine (9) pounds Perchloride of Iron (C. P. crystals), 45c. per pound.<br /> +Stick Rouge, 20c.<br /> +Turpentine, 20c. (refined).<br /> +Alcohol (95 per cent.).<br /> +Modeling Wax, $1.25.<br /> +One Ps. Scotch Stone, 25c.<br /> +One dozen Glass Blowers' Charcoal, $2.0c per dozen sticks (for polishing copper).<br /> +One pound Absorbent Cotton, 50c.<br /> +One pound Caustic Potash C. P. (sticks).<br /> +One Porcelain Tray, deep, 11 × 14, $3.50.<br /> +One Florence Hand Lamp, 75c.<br /> +One Squeegee.<br /> +Three Roulettes, $1.50 each.<br /> +Hand Vise, 75c.<br /> +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>Calipers, 50c.<br /> +Dairy Thermometer, 25 c.<br /> +One bottle Etchers' Varnish, 50c.<br /> +One ounce Chloroform, 20c.<br /> +Six ounces Bichromate Potassium.<br /> +One pound Concentrated Ammonia.<br /> +</p></div> + +<h3><span class="smcap">List of Firms Supplying Materials for Photogravure.</span></h3> + +<p>The Scovill & Adams Co., 423 Broome Street. Photographic +Materials and Photo-Engravers' Supplies.</p> + +<p>Messrs. Bestgen & Co., 1001 Washington Street, Boston, +Mass. Polishers of Copper Plates.</p> + +<p>Mr. George Schard, 116 Wooster Street, New York. Polisher +Copper Plates.</p> + +<p>Mr. Jos. Wheeler, 299 Washington Street, Boston, Mass. +Printer of Photogravures.</p> + +<p>Messrs. J. H. Daniels & Co., Oliver Street, Boston, Mass. +Printers of Photogravures.</p> + +<p>Messrs. Frost & Adams, Cornhill, Boston, Mass. Engravers' +and Etchers' Supplies.</p> + +<p>Messrs. F. W. Devoe & Co., Fulton Street, New York. +Engravers' and Etchers' Supplies.</p> + +<p>Messrs. Fusch & Lang, 29 Warren Street, New York. +Engravers' Supplies.</p> + +<p>Mr. Alfred Sellers, 58 Fulton Street, New York. Engravers' +Supplies (screw pressure printing frames).</p> + +<p>Messrs. John Sellers & Sons, 17 Dey Street, New York. +Engravers' Supplies.</p> + +<p>Messrs. Eimer & Amend, 18th Street and 3d Avenue, New +York. Chemists, Glassblowers Charcoal.</p> + +<p>Messrs. Theodore Metcalf & Co., Tremont Street, Boston, +Mass. Chemists.</p> + +<p>Messrs. Kimmel & Voigt, 242 Canal Street, New York. +Expert Photogravure Printers.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span></p> + +<p>Messrs. Whitely & Co., Centre Street, New York. Polisher +of Copper Plates.</p> + +<p>Messrs. Gilderslieve & Co., 18th Street, New York. Blankets +for Press.</p> + +<p>Mr. Charles Creedner, 19 South William Street, Room 4, +New York. Japan Paper.</p> + +<p>Mr. Geo. B. Sharp, 13 Baxter Street, New York. Copper +Plates.</p> + +<p>Messrs. F. A. Ringler, 21 Barclay Street, New York. Steel +Facing Copper Plates, Printers of Photogravures.</p> + +<p>Messrs. Leidel & Co., 901 6th Avenue, corner 51st Street, +New York. Modeling Wax; Etchers' Supplies.</p> + +<p>Thomas Hall (Electrician), Bromfield Street, Boston, Mass. +Hydrometers (Smee's Battery), etc.</p> + +<p>New York Steel and Copper Plate Co., 171 Wallabout +Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.</p> + +<p>Mr. Jas. Moffet, 159 Wooster Street, New York. Copper +Plates in the Rough.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 448px;"> +<img src="images/i_054.png" width="448" height="274" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p> +<h2>CHAPTER X.</h2> + +<h2><span class="smcap">Books and Articles on Photogravure. Published from +1888 to 1893.</span></h2> + + +<p>La Photogravure facile et à bon marché. Par l'Abbé +Ferret. Paris. 1889. Price, 1 fr. 25 cents.</p> + +<p>Manuel d'Heliographie et de Photogravure en Relief. +Par G. Bonnet. 1890. Paris. 2 fr. 50 cents.</p> + +<p>Photogravure. By W. T. Wilkinson. 1890. London, E. C. +Published by Messrs Iliffe & Son, 3 St. Bride Street. Price, +1<i>s.</i> 6<i>d.</i></p> + +<p>Photo-Engraving and Photo-Etching. By W. T. Wilkinson. +Sold by The Scovill & Adams Co., New York. Price, +$3.00.</p> + +<p>Hamerton's "Etchers and Etching." Roberts Bros., Boston, +Mass. Price, $4.00.</p> + +<p>Photo-Etching in India. Article in <i>Photographic News</i> +(English), November 1, 1889.</p> + +<p>"Photogravure, or Photographic Etching on Copper." By +Herbert Denison. A lecture delivered before the Photographic +Society of Great Britain. Printed in <span class="smcap">The Photographic +Times</span>, April 21st, 1893, and following issues.</p> + +<p>Photogravure or Photo-Etching. Article in <i>Wilson's +Magazine</i>, 1890-1891.</p> + +<p>Notes on Photo-Aquatint. Catalogue of Exhibition, Illustrating +the Reproductive Arts and Photo-Mechanical +Processes. Address S. R. Koehler, Boston Art Museum, +Boston, Mass.</p> + + +<p> </p> +<div class="footnotes"> +<h3>FOOTNOTES</h3> +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_1"><span class="label">[A]</span></a> Now Boussod, Valadon et Cie.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_B_2" id="Footnote_B_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_B_2"><span class="label">[B]</span></a> <i>British Journal Almanac</i>, 1874.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_C_3" id="Footnote_C_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_C_3"><span class="label">[C]</span></a> Reversed as regards right and left.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_D_4" id="Footnote_D_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_D_4"><span class="label">[D]</span></a> N. B.—During cold weather use only half the quantity +of Chrome Alum in above.</p></div> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> + +<h2>Merck's Pyrogallic Acid</h2> + + + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 253px;"> +<img src="images/i_056.png" width="253" height="448" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p> </p> + +<p class="noidt"><b>will be found, upon +comparison, to be +<i>superior</i> in every +respect to all other +brands on the market. +Its distinctive +points of superiority +are:</b></p> + +<p><span class="smcap">1ST.</span>—ABSOLUTE PURITY</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">2D.</span>—PERFECT CRYSTALLIZATION</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">3D.</span>—IMMACULATE WHITENESS</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">4TH.</span>—EXTREME LIGHTNESS</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">5TH.</span>—MODERATE COST</p> + +<p> (Its price is not higher +than that of any other +make.)</p> + + +<p> </p> +<div class="bb bt"> +<p class="center ft15"><b>Merck's Pyrogallic Acid</b></p> + +<p class="noidt">produces the highest intensity to be desired in a photographic +plate, and, at the same time, the finest detail in light +and shade required for the most perfect printing negative.</p> + +<p>Under ordinary precaution, it retains all its superior +qualities undiminished for an indefinite length of time.</p> +</div> + +<p class="center"><span class="u"><small>WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY</small></span> <b>"MERCK'S."</b></p> + +<p class="center"><small>TO BE HAD OF</small> <b><big>ALL DEALERS</big>.</b></p> + + +<hr style='width: 35%;' /> +<h4>TESTIMONIALS.</h4> +<hr style='width: 5%;' /> + +<p>"I have tested Merck's pyro carefully in comparison with the other +pyros at present on the market, and I find that it is superior to any and +all of them."</p> + +<p><span class='bprice'> +<span style="margin-right: 6em;">Prof. <span class="smcap">Charles Ehrmann</span>,</span><br /> +Instructor of the Chautauqua School of Photography.</span><br /><br /> +</p> + + +<hr style='width: 5%;' /> +<p>"I shall, in future, certainly use no other pyro but Merck's. The +best is always good enough for me."</p> + +<p><span class='bprice'> +<span style="margin-right: 5em;"><span class="smcap">Alfred Stieglitz</span>,</span><br /> +Editor <i>American Amateur Photographer</i>.</span><br /><br /> +</p> + + +<hr style='width: 5%;' /> +<p>"Merck's Pyrogallic Acid will be found a very superior article. Its +purity is absolute, with quick crystallization and immaculate whiteness. +In use, it produces the highest intensity that can be desired in the negatives. +The detail in light and shade is perfect, producing printing +qualities unsurpassed by any pyro we have ever used."</p> + +<p><span class='bprice'> +<span class="smcap">St. Louis and Canadian Photographer.</span></span><br /> +</p> + + +<hr style='width: 5%;' /> +<p>"Merck's pyro has undergone a severe test in my hands. I find it +to possess many qualities which give it superiority over all other makes. +Authorities place the solubility of pyro as one part in two of water. +I found one ounce of Merck's to dissolve readily in 1:7 of water at 60°. +It is extremely light, pure, and of a fine white color, giving rich negatives +full of vigor and sparkling brilliancy."</p> + +<p><span class='bprice'> +<span style="margin-right: 5em;"><span class="smcap">Walter E. Woodbury</span>,</span><br /> +Editor of <i>The Photographic Times</i>.</span><br /><br /> +</p> + + +<hr style='width: 5%;' /> +<p>"I have used Merck's Pyrogallic Acid, and prefer it to all others."</p> + +<p><span class='bprice'> +<span style="margin-right: 10em;"><span class="smcap">B. W. Kilburn</span>,</span><br /> +Official Photographer (Stereoscopic), at the Columbian World's Fair, and +San Francisco Mid-Winter Exposition.</span><br /><br /> +</p> + +<hr style='width: 5%;' /> +<p>"I have tried Merck's pyro and must certainly say it is the best I +ever used. The results I have obtained with it are remarkably fine."</p> + +<p><span class='bprice'> +<span style="margin-right: 5em;"><span class="smcap">W. B. Post</span>,</span><br /> +Amateur Photographer, New York.</span><br /><br /> +</p> + + +<hr style='width: 5%;' /> +<p><span class='bprice'> +<span class="smcap">Moreno Studio</span>, Fifth Ave., New York.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>"I have been using Merck's pyro in my studio, and am very well +pleased with it. It is clean, gives brilliant negatives, and is reliable, +one day's work being exactly the same as another's."</p> + +<p><span class='bprice'> +<span class="smcap">A. Moreno.</span></span><br /> +</p> + + +<hr style='width: 5%;' /> +<p>"I have been using Merck's pyro, and am ready to indorse the high +praise which you have found it entitled to: 'that it is superior in point +of purity, lightness and solubility' to any like product that I have seen. +In fact, 'the new and improved process' seems to reach in its result +the point beyond which it is impossible to go—that is, perfection. This +was my impression at first sight, and using serves only to confirm it.</p> + +<p>In my opinion, pyro stands at the head of all developers of dry +plates, and I am much mistaken if Merck's pyro, when known, does not +lead all brands of pyro."</p> + +<p><span class='bprice'> +<span style="margin-right: 5em;"><span class="smcap">W. H. Sherman</span>,</span><br /> +Professional Photographer, Milwaukee.</span><br /><br /> +</p> + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>1</span></p> +<h2>Scovill & Adams Photo-Engraving Materials,</h2> + +<h4>Combined in a small outfit for Half-tone Photo-Engraving.</h4> + + +<p>The articles contained in this outfit are all that is necessary for the +Half-tone Process, except when the installation of large and expensive +machinery is warranted.</p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>1 10 x 12 American Optical Co. Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Camera, fitted with Patent Screen Plate Holder</td><td align='right'>$56 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Camera Swing</td><td align='right'>20 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Copy Board</td><td align='right'>2 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Max Levy Screen, 133 lines to the inch, 10 x 12 </td><td align='right'>80 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Max Levy Screen, 150 lines to the inch, 10 x 12 </td><td align='right'>95 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Rectilinear Lens, Rapid Paragon, 10 x 12, w. D.</td><td align='right'>68 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 2-qt. Funnels, glass, 25c.</td><td align='right'>50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>6 8-oz. " " 12c.</td><td align='right'>72</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 pkg. No. 33 Filtering Paper</td><td align='right'>75</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 Hydrometers, 50c.</td><td align='right'>1 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 11 x 14 Glass Baths in Studio Box, $7 </td><td align='right'>14 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Rubber Dipper</td><td align='right'>60</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 2-gall. Evap. Dish</td><td align='right'>3 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 10 x 12 Porcelain Trays, $1.66</td><td align='right'>3 32</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 10 x 12 Vulcanite Trays, $1.75</td><td align='right'>3 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 16-oz. Graduates, 75c.</td><td align='right'>1 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>4 4-oz. " 30c.</td><td align='right'>1 20</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 9 x 11 Printing Frame, 1-in. glass </td><td align='right'> 9 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 8 x 10 Retouching Frame</td><td align='right'>3 75</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 large Neg. Racks</td><td align='right'>6 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 13-in. French Hand Roller</td><td align='right'>7 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Composition Roller, 12-in.</td><td align='right'>4 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 Pincers</td><td align='right'>2 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 Acid Brushes</td><td align='right'>3 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Ink Spatula</td><td align='right'>1 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Hook for cutting Zinc Plates</td><td align='right'>1 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Retouching Brushes</td><td align='right'>50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 gal. Absolute Alcohol</td><td align='right'>4 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3½ lbs. Ether</td><td align='right'>2 63</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>4 oz. Pary's Gun Cotton, 50c.</td><td align='right'>2 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>4 oz. Iodide Potass., 30c.</td><td align='right'>1 20</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 oz. Resubl. Iodine, 35c.</td><td align='right'>70</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>3 lbs. Nitrate Silver Crystal, $8.50 </td><td align='right'>25 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 lb. Absorbent Cotton, 1 lb. packages </td><td align='right'>75</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5 lbs. Protosulph. Iron, 10c.</td><td align='right'>50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 lb. Citric Acid</td><td align='right'>70</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 " Bichloride Mercury</td><td align='right'>1 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5 " Cyanide Potash</td><td align='right'>3 25</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 " Glycerine</td><td align='right'>30</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5 b'ks Blue Litmus Paper, 5c.</td><td align='right'>25</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 lb. Aqua Ammonia fort.</td><td align='right'>32</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>½ lb. Nitric Acid, C. P.</td><td align='right'>45</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 gall. Benzole</td><td align='right'>1 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 lb. Bichromate Ammonia</td><td align='right'>75</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 " Caustic Potash</td><td align='right'>15</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>8 " Com'l Nitric Acid, 45c.</td><td align='right'>3 60</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 " Ferri Chloride, 1 bot.</td><td align='right'>30</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 " Rubber Cement, 1 can</td><td align='right'>30</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 " Nitrate Lead, 1 bot.</td><td align='right'>1 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 " Ferricyan. Potash, 1 bot.</td><td align='right'>1 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>½ " Transfer Ink</td><td align='right'>2 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>½ " Engraver's Charcoal</td><td align='right'>1 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 " Pumice Stone</td><td align='right'>10</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>5 " Sulphate Copper, 40c.</td><td align='right'>2 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 " ⅜-in. Brass Pins, 40c.</td><td align='right'>80</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 " Lith. Ink, black</td><td align='right'>3 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>2 galls. Le Page's Liquid Glue, $2.25 </td><td align='right'> 4 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Shoot Board and Plane</td><td align='right'>25 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 set Engraving Tools</td><td align='right'>1 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 " Finishing "</td><td align='right'>2 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 ½-in. Flat File</td><td align='right'>50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 1-in. "</td><td align='right'>85</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 set Ass'd Sable Pencils, Nos. 1 to 6</td><td align='right'>62</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Darlot Focusing Glass</td><td align='right'>2 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 5-in. Engraver's Pad, filled</td><td align='right'>1 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 Egg Beater</td><td align='right'>30</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 set Roulettes</td><td align='right'>6 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 ream Proof Paper</td><td align='right'>10 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 16-oz. plain Collodion Vial</td><td align='right'>55</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>1 lb. best Dragon's Blood</td><td align='right'>85</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>Polished Zinc Plates, sq. in.</td><td align='right'>01</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'> " Copper " " </td><td align='right'> 01¼</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<h4><span class="smcap">Send for the</span> PHOTO-ENGRAVERS' CATALOGUE to<br /> +THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO., 423 Broome St., N.Y. +</h4> + + + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>2</span></p> +<h2>Copying Cameras</h2> + +<h5>FOR</h5> + +<h3>PHOTO-ENGRAVING.</h3> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 448px;"> +<img src="images/i_059a.png" width="448" height="122" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h3>The Scovill Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Cameras.</h3> + +<h5>With S. & A. Photo-Engravers' Adjustable Screen Plate Holder.</h5> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> +<img src="images/i_059b.png" width="800" height="390" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>No.</td><td align='center'>61.</td><td align='center'>Size,</td><td align='center'>6½ × 8½, 4</td><td align='left'>ft. bed </td><td align='center'>Price,</td><td align='center'>$38 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>62.</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>8 × 10, 5</td><td align='left'>ft. bed </td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>43 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>63.</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>10 × 12, 5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>56 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>64.</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>11 × 14, 5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>68 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>65.</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>14 × 17, 6</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>80 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>66.</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>17 × 20, 7</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>95 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>67.</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>20 × 24, 7</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>118 00</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p class="center"><i>Special sizes and styles made to order.</i></p> + +<p>The form of construction of this Camera is made apparent +by the illustration here shown.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'>3</span></p> + + + + +<h2><small>SCOVILL</small><br /> +<span class="smcap">Copying Cameras.</span></h2> + +<h4>With S. & A. Photo-Engravers' Adjustable Screen Plate Holder.</h4> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> +<img src="images/i_060.png" width="800" height="364" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>These Cameras are made of hardwood, shellacked, not +varnished. Naturally they are without swing, but in every +requisite they are complete; and for this particular service, +as well as others, the American Optical Company's make is +sought for before all others. Such varied lengths of bed are +required and ordered, that we can only give a price list for +Copying Cameras with the regulation length of bed. We +make them to order of any length of platform desired, either +rigid or detachable, and with either single or double bellows.</p> + +<p>Estimates promptly and cheerfully furnished.</p> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>No.</td><td align='center'>70.</td><td align='center'>6½ × 8½,</td><td align='center'>with bed</td><td align='center'>3</td><td align='center'>feet in length </td><td align='center'>Price,</td><td align='center'>$33 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>71.</td><td align='center'>8 × 10,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>3¾</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>38 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>72.</td><td align='center'>10 × 12,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>4</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>46 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>73.</td><td align='center'>11 × 14,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>4½</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>53 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>74.</td><td align='center'>14 × 17,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>5</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>66 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>75.</td><td align='center'>17 × 20,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>6</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>72 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'> "</td><td align='center'>76.</td><td align='center'>20 × 24,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>6</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>98 00</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p class="center"><i>Larger sizes made to order.</i></p> + +<p class="center">When ordering Copying Camera, please give length of cone, if that is +needed.</p> + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>4</span></p> + + + + +<h2>The S. & A. Photo-Engravers' Adjustable Screen<br /> +Plate Holder.</h2> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 706px;"> +<img src="images/i_061.png" width="706" height="600" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center">(Patent applied for.)</p> + +<p>This Holder, as is shown in the cut above, is a great improvement over any heretofore +manufactured for photo-engraving purposes. Its principal points of superiority are, +briefly:</p> + +<p>First.—The ease with which it is adjusted for different size plates and screens, by a +simple sliding movement of the two inside frames to or from the centre, and thus dispensing +with the expensive and troublesome use of kit frames.</p> + +<p>Second.—The convenience by which the screen plate is accurately adjusted to the sensitized +plate by means of the metallic sliding adjusters. (Heretofore it has been necessary +to do the adjusting by means of inserting different thicknesses of cardboard, paper, etc.)</p> + +<p>Third.—Different thicknesses in the screen plates are allowed for by means of a spring +which always holds the plate in accurate place, no matter what its thickness may be.</p> + +<p>Fourth.—A graduated scale on each screen adjuster makes it easy to always insure absolute +accuracy in determining the distance of the screen plate from the wet plate.</p> + +<p>Fifth.—The simplicity of construction and excellent workmanship of the entire holder, +being made, as it is, in the factory of the famous American Optical Company.</p> + +<p>And, altogether, it is an ingeniously designed and beautifully constructed holder, +which will be found of indispensable aid to the practical photographer.</p> + +<p>These holders are thicker than the ordinary plate holders, and if it is desired to use +them on a camera the ground glass of which is focused for the ordinary plate holder, a +new ground glass frame is necessary in order to adjust the focus. When ordering a holder +to fit a camera in use, send the old holder or the old ground glass frame, so that the new +ones can be made to fit the camera. Also state the size of largest and smallest screen plate +to be used in holder.</p> + +<p>It is made in various sizes. Prices as follows:</p> + + + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='right' colspan='4'></td><td align='center'>Frames <i>only</i>;<br />for Ground Glass.</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'></td><td align='right'>8 × 10</td><td align='center'>size </td><td align='right'> $15 50</td><td align='right'>$1 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'></td><td align='right'>10 × 12</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>21 00</td><td align='right'>1 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'></td><td align='right'>11 × 14</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>26 50</td><td align='right'>1 88</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'></td><td align='right'>14 × 17</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>29 00</td><td align='right'>2 25</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'></td><td align='right'>17 × 20</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>32 50</td><td align='right'>2 63</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'></td><td align='right'>18 × 22</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>36 00</td><td align='right'>2 63</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'></td><td align='right'>20 × 24</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>40 75</td><td align='right'>3 00</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p class="center">If adjustment from the outside of holder is desired, add $2.00 to above prices.</p> + +<h4>THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO., 423 Broome St., New York City.</h4> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>5</span></p> + + + +<h2>The Scovill Printing Frames for Photo-Engraving.</h2> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 612px;"> +<img src="images/i_062a.png" width="612" height="600" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>The Printing Frames made by the American Optical Co. for photo-engraving are like +everything else manufactured by this factory, of the highest degree of perfection, and the +utmost care was given to the comparative distance of screws so as to produce an even +pressure. Many negatives have been either ruined or snapped by the use of imperfect +Printing Frames.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> +<img src="images/i_062b.png" width="800" height="415" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>The American Optical Co. Printing Frames for photo-engraving are the only safe +ones on the market.</p> + +<h4>PRICES.</h4> + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='right'> 8 × 10,</td><td align='center'>including</td><td align='center'>one-inch</td><td align='center'>glass</td><td align='right'> $8 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>10 × 12,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>11 02</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'> 9 × 11,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>9 50</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>11 × 14,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>13 00</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right'>14 × 17,</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='center'>"</td><td align='right'>19 00</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Larger and special sizes made to order.</p> + + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>6</span></p> +<p class="ft20 u"><b>To Photo Engravers:</b></p> + + +<p>Having systematically undertaken the improvement of +photo engravers' appliances, we follow the S. & A. Photo +Engravers' Adjustable Screen Plate Holder, and the S. & A. +accurately adjusted Photo-Engraving Printing Frames, with +the</p> + +<h4><small>S. & A.</small><br /> + + +<big>Photo-Engraving Etching Tub,</big></h4> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;"> +<img src="images/i_063a.png" width="640" height="123" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p class="noidt">to which we call the attention of those interested in this +business. We extend to them a cordial invitation to examine +the same at our salesrooms.</p> + +<h5></h5><div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> +<img src="images/i_063b.png" width="800" height="362" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p>These Photo-Engraving Etching Tubs will "fill a long +felt want" with the photo engravers, as they are constructed +so as to resist the strongest acids, and combine the features +suggested by practical experience.</p> + +<p>The tub measures, inside, 48½ inches long, 20¼ inches +wide, and 7⅝ inches deep, and the price of same is $10.00.</p> + +<p class="center">Very truly yours,</p> + +<p class="ft15" style="text-align: right">The Scovill & Adams Co.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>7</span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1024px;"> +<img src="images/i_064a.jpg" width="1024" height="647" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h3>IN OLDEN TIMES</h3> + +<p class="noidt">people were satisfied to worry along with whatever +crude appliances came easiest to hand....</p> + +<p class="noidt"><b>The material progress</b> of the nineteenth century, +however, has created a demand for a higher order +of mechanical products than was formerly deemed +essential, and this is peculiarly the case with ...</p> + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;"> +<h3>Process Engravers.</h3> +<img src="images/i_064b.png" width="640" height="103" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p class="noidt"><b>To meet this demand</b>, the firm of <span class="smcap">John Royle & +Sons</span> have devoted the best part of their time, for +the past 25 years, to the improvement of the mechanical +accessories to Process Engraving, and with +what success is best testified to by the fact that their +machinery is used exclusively by the <i>best</i> Process +Engravers, both in the United States and abroad.</p> + +<h5> +<big>JOHN ROYLE & SONS,</big><br /> +Paterson, N. J., U. S. A.<br /> +</h5> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>8</span></p> +<p class="ft20"><b>Chrome=Gelatine <sup><span class="u">and</span> . .</sup><br /> +Photo=Gelatine.</b></p> + + +<p>Chrome-Gelatine is a perfected modification of the three-color printing +process. It is so named from the Gelatine process of printing being +used to produce the resulting pictures, which are allowed to be really +wonderful, and which may be reproductions from original Oil Paintings, +Water-colors, Views from Nature, Objects of Still Life, Textile Fabrics—indeed, +all classes of work copied from originals in color. The results, +in all cases, are produced from three-color negatives. Artists, +whose works have been reproduced by this method, express their satisfaction +of the results in the highest terms, without qualification.</p> + +<h5> +<big>N. Y. Photogravure Co.</big><br /> +137 West 23d Street,<br /> +New York.<br /> +</h5> + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p class="ft20"><b>Photogravure <sup><span class="u">and</span></sup> Aquarelle</b><br /> + <small>(<i>Photogravure in Colors.</i>)</small></p> + +<p>Photogravures are of all classes of subjects.</p> + +<p>An important modification of this process has recently been perfected +(patent applied for), by which the delicacy of the gelatine print is +maintained, at the same time that great strength and color is produced +in the shadows. The plates thus made are very durable, and show but +little wear after many thousands of impressions have been produced. +Moreover, they require no finishing or handling after having been +etched, and are quite easily printed.</p> + +<p>Aquarelles are printed from photogravure plates, inked up locally +in a variety of colors. When the whole of the plate has been so inked, +the impression is pulled. The results are beautiful, but the process of +printing is exceedingly slow—three or four impressions a day, only, +being obtainable from a moderate sized plate.</p> + +<h5> +<big>N. Y. Photogravure Co.</big><br /> +137 West 23d Street,<br /> +New York.<br /></h5> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>9</span></p> +<h2> · · <i>Publications</i> · · </h2> + + +<p>THE N. Y. PHOTOGRAVURE CO. has on hand +thousands of subjects of all classes, available for the +purposes of illustration, and at the service of its customers. +The newest and best subjects are being continually added +to this collection. Sets of illustrations selected with the +greatest care and skill, for any desired purpose.</p> + +<h5><i> +<big>The N. Y. Photogravure Co.</big><br /> +137 West 23d Street,<br /> +New York.<br /> +</i></h5> + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<h3>SUN AND SHADE.</h3> + +<h4>An Artistic Periodical.<br /> +Published Monthly.</h4> + +<p>Forty cents a number. Four dollars a year. Each number contains +eight exquisite Photogravures, Photo-gelatines or Color Prints, by the +new Chrome-gelatine process, printed on paper 11 × 14 inches, with descriptive +letter-press. Six volumes are now complete, price $4.00 each. +Each volume contains nearly one hundred plates. The whole six volumes +form a complete gallery of current art.</p> + +<p>"SUN AND SHADE reproduces not only the most notable paintings +and portraits, but the best work of amateur and professional photographers. +If it gave nothing but the latter work it would be deserving +of the most liberal patronage that it receives; but it is an admirable +record of the greatest paintings at the Metropolitan Museum of Art, of +living American players, of portraits of celebrated Americans, of great +American painters, with reproductions of their work, and it is a monument +of the N. Y. Photogravure Co., which is a monument of artistic +New York."</p> + +<h5><i><big>The N. Y. Photogravure Co.</big><br /> +137 West 23d Street,<br /> +New York.</i></h5> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>10</span></p> +<h3>ALFRED SELLERS & CO.</h3> + +<h5>MANUFACTURERS OF</h5> + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;"> +<img src="images/i_067.png" width="640" height="325" alt="" title="" /> +<span class="caption">ZINC COPPER <small>AND</small> BRASS PLATES<br /> +<small>FOR</small><br /> +Photo-Engravers.</span> +</div> + + + +<h3><i> +<span style="margin-right: 6em;">Printing Frames, Etching Tubs,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 6em;">Etching Powders, Rollers, Etc.</span> +</i></h3> + +<h4>SELLERS' SPECIAL TRANSFER.<br /> +ETCHING AND PROVING INKS.<br /> +</h4> + +<p class="center">Inking Slabs, Chemicals (Chas. Cooper & Co.'s), Formulas, +and all Supplies for Photo-Engravers.</p> + +<hr style="width: 5%;" /> +<h4>Photo-Engraving Taught</h4> + +<p class="center">IN ALBUMEN, BITUMEN, OR THE ENAMEL PROCESS.</p> + +<h4>T<span class="u"><small>RY THE NEW</small></span> RUSSELL ETCHING POWDER.</h4> + +<h5> +Supplies in General. Send for Price List.<br /> + +<i><big>59 Beekman Street, New York, N. Y.</big></i><br /> +U. S. A.</h5> + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>11</span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;"> +<img src="images/i_068a.png" width="640" height="333" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + + + +<p class="center">E. C. MEINECKE · ERNEST BURTT · H W ROWLAND ·</p> + +<h4><big><span class="smcap">E. C. Meinecke & Co.</span></big><br /> + 63 WEST 22<sup>ND</sup> STREET.<br /> + <span class="smcap">Room 5.</span> <span class="smcap">New York.</span><br /> +</h4> + +<p class="center"> +PHOTO-GRAVURE.<br /> +PHOTO-GELATINE.<br /> +PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHY.<br /> +LITHOGRAPHY.<br /> +PHOTO-ENGRAVING.<br /> +TYPE-PRINTING.<br /> +<br /> +WORKS. BROOKLYN. N.Y.<br /> +</p> + + +<p>The favorable comments received from all sources testify +to the unrivaled results obtained by the <span class="smcap">Photogravure Process</span>, +as worked by our method.</p> + +<p>In reviewing a set of photogravures of the Clifton Water Garden, +from negatives by the proprietor, Mr. S. C. Nash, the <i>Florists' Exchange</i>, +says:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"In his work he has been ably seconded by Messrs. E. C. Meinecke +& Co., of New York, the makers and printers of the plates. Without +fear of contradiction, we state there is no method of reproducing a +picture to compare with the photogravure process, except, possibly, the +expensive and tedious steel plate. For fidelity to detail, sharpness of +outline, contrast of light and shadow, breadth and depth, and absolute +fidelity to life, we choose this.</p></div> + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;"> +<img src="images/i_068b.png" width="640" height="251" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<h4><big>The Photogravure Process</big><br /> +<br /> +<i>IS THE BEST FOR</i></h4> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'> +<b>Book Illustrations</b><br /> +<b>Art and Trade Catalogues</b><br /> +<b>Calendars, Menus, Etc.</b><br /> +</td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<p class="center"> +where the most artistic results are desired. Either<br /> +<br /> +<b>PLATES SUPPLIED</b><br /> +<br /> +combining the BEST WEARING QUALITIES with the most Artistic<br /> +Finish, or editions ready for the binder.<br /> +<br /> +Your correspondence is solicited, and a trial order requested, which<br /> +will be executed promptly and in the best manner.</p> + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>12</span></p> + + +<h2>AMATEURS!</h2> + +<h5>In order to get the</h5> + +<p class="center ft20 u">Best Results</p> + +<h5>You must use the</h5> + +<p class="center ft15 u">CRAMER PLATE</p> + +<h5>Manufactured by</h5> + +<p class="center ft15">G. Cramer Dry Plate Works,</p> + +<h4>St. Louis, Mo.</h4> + +<hr style="width: 5%;" /> +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><b>Your Dealer does not<br /> +KEEP<br /> +Cramer Plates,<br /> +he SELLS them.</b></td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>13</span></p> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="ft20">If you want to</span></td></tr> +<tr><td> </td><td align='left'>secure<br /> +the best Photogravure<br /> +results,</td></tr> +<tr><td> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left' colspan='2'><span class="ft20"> Then you must</span></td></tr> +<tr><td> </td><td align='left'> use the best plates,<br /> + and<br /> + these are</td></tr> +<tr><td> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left' colspan='2'><span class="ft20"><b>Wuestner's</b></span></td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="ft20"> +"White Label"<br /> +50 Sens.<br /> +Plate.</span></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr style="width: 5%;" /> +<p class="center"><span class="ft15">WUESTNER'S<br /> +<b>New Eagle Dry Plate Works.</b></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 5%;" /> +<p class="center">For Sale by all Dealers.</p> + + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>14</span></p> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;"> +<img src="images/i_071.png" width="640" height="309" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center"><span class="ft15">OUR BUSINESS <small>IS TO SELL</small> EVERYTHING USED IN PHOTOGRAPHY</span><br /> +DOUGLASS & SHUEY CO. III STATE ST. CHICAGO.<br /> +</p> + + +<h2>Photogravure Worker.</h2> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="20" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>Have<br />you<br />tried</td><td align='left'><b>THE ORIGINAL</b></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p class="center ft20"><span class="smcap">Zeiss * Lens?</span></p> + +<h3><b>NO?</b></h3> + +<h3><i>BETTER DO SO AT ONCE.</i></h3> + +<h4>THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO.<br /> +HAVE THEM!</h4> + + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> + +<p><span class='pagenum'>15</span></p> +<h2>ZEISS-ANASTIGMAT<br /> +<big>LENSES</big></h2> + +<h4>Manufactured by</h4> + +<h3>BAUSCH & LOMB <br /> + OPTICAL CO.</h3> + +<h4>ARE UNAPPROACHED for all<br /> +Process Work, and are rapidly<br /> +displacing other forms of<br /> +Lenses.</h4> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center'>515-543<br />N. St. Paul Street,</td><td align='left'><big>Rochester, N. Y.,</big></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><big>New York City,</big></td><td align='center'>Corner<br />Fulton & Nassau Sts.</td></tr> +</table></div> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>16</span></p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/i_073a.png" width="450" height="600" alt="" title="" /> +<span class="caption"><small>EDITED BY</small><br /> +WALTER E. WOODBURY.</span> +</div> + +<p class="ft20 center"><b><span class="smcap">The Photographic Times</span></b></p> + +<p> </p> +<p class="center"><span class="ft15 smcap">An Illustrated Monthly Magazine<br /> +devoted to the interests of<br /> +Artistic & Scientific Photography.</span></p> + +<p> </p> +<p class="center">THE · PHOTOGRAPHIC · TIMES · PUBLISHING · <br /> +ASSOCIATION · 423 · BROOME · STREET · NEW · YORK</p> + +<p> </p> +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left' colspan='2'> </td></tr> +<tr><td align='left' colspan='2'><big>Each<br /> +number<br /> +contains</big> +</td></tr> +<tr><td align='right' valign='top'><small>from</small></td><td><span class="ft30"><b>50</b></span></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right' valign='top'><small>to</small></td><td><span class="ft30"><b>60</b></span></td></tr> +<tr><td align='right' colspan='2'><span class="ft20">Illustrations!</span></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p class="ft10"><b>besides a magnificent : : : : : : <br /> +<big>PHOTOGRAVURE FRONTISPIECE.</big></b></p> + +<div style="clear: both;"></div> +<div class="blockquot"> + +<div class="bt"></div> +<div class="figright" style="width: 448px;"> +<img src="images/i_073b.png" width="448" height="140" alt="" title="" /> +<span class="caption">Photographic Magazine</span><br /> +<span class="ft20">in the world.</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="ft20">The Most</span><br /> +<span class="ft30">“up to date”</span></p> + + +<div class="bt"></div> +</div> + +<h4>ALL THE BEST AND<br /> +LATEST IMPROVEMENTS CHRONICLED BY THE BEST<br /> +WRITERS.</h4> + + +<h4>Reproductions of all the finest photographic work<br /> +from all parts of the world.</h4> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>17</span></p> +<h4>A FEW UNSOLICITED OPINIONS OF</h4> +<p class="ft20 center"><b>The · Photographic · Times.</b></p> + +<p>"It is a daisy."—Hon. <span class="smcap">A. A. Adee</span>.</p> + +<p>"It is a veritable triumph of photographic literature."—<span class="smcap">J. J. Carter.</span></p> + +<p>"One of the finest illustrated magazines received by us is <span class="smcap">The +Photographic Times</span>."—<i>Chenango Telegraph.</i></p> + +<p>"If my opinion is of any value, I will tell you that it is far and +away ahead of anything that has ever been attempted."—<span class="smcap">H. J. Aiken.</span></p> + +<p>"You have certainly reached the very height of possibilities in a +photographic magazine."—<span class="smcap">Arthur J. Benton.</span></p> + +<p>"The photographic art has hitherto had no better exponent, and +the publishers of this magazine are determined to keep at the head of +the literature of their profession. The many original articles are fully +illustrated."—<i>The Portland Transcript.</i></p> + +<p>"Be sure and continue sending it. Can't keep house without it."—<span class="smcap">J. +E. Craig.</span></p> + +<p>"It is a beauty in every sense."—<span class="smcap">Chas. Wager Hull.</span></p> + +<p>"The subject-matter, the number and quality of the illustrations, +the typographic work and the general appearance of <span class="smcap">The Photographic +Times</span>, monthly, are, separately and collectively, cause for hearty congratulation. +Permit me to hereby extend mine, together with sincere +wishes for your continued success."—<span class="smcap">C. D. Cheney.</span></p> + +<p> </p> + +<div class="blockquot"> +<p style='text-align: right'>________________________ 189</p> +<p class="center"><big>The Photographic Times Publishing Association,</big><br /> +<b>423 Broome Street, New York, N. Y.</b></p> + +<p><i>Please send me</i> <b>The Photographic Times</b>, <i>commencing</i> +<i>with</i> _________________ 189 , <i>for</i> __________________ +<i>to my address</i>:<br /> +</p> +</div> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="5" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'><i>Name</i>,</td><td align='left'>______________________________________</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'><i>P. O.</i>,</td><td align='left'>______________________________________</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'><i>County</i>,</td><td align='left'>______________________________________</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='left'><i>State</i>,</td><td align='left'>______________________________________</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>Subscription rates, one year, $4.00; six months, $2.00; three months, +$1.00; single copies, 35 cents.</p> + +<p>Remit by Express, Money Order, Draft, P. O. Order, or Registered +Letter.</p> + +<p>Subscriptions to <span class="smcap">The Photographic Times</span> received by all dealers +in photographic materials in this and foreign countries; also by The +American News Company and all its branches.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>18</span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;"> +<img src="images/i_075.png" width="640" height="160" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<div class="figright" style="width: 450px;"> +<img src="images/i_075b.png" width="272" height="448" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center"><span class="ft20"><b>The Photographic Appetite</b></span></p> + +<p class="noidt">increases by what it feeds on. The beginner +is usually content to start with a modest outfit, +but as interest grows the hunger for more artistic +results calls for +better facilities so that +the apparatus must +constantly be of a more +improved pattern and +contain all the latest +fixings, till finally the +question of improvement +is entirely one of +the value of the lens.</p> + + +<p>To suit this growing +appetite we make a line +of camera boxes unequaled +for workmanship +and convenient +appliances. We can +supply any stage of +hunger, and make to order to suit any whim. +Any photographic question cheerfully answered. +Send for our Catalogue.</p> + + + + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='center' colspan='2'>4 × 5 Size</td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Empire,</td><td align='left'><b> $5.00</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The New Waterbury,</td><td align='left'><b>$15.00</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Henry Clay 2d,</td><td align='left'><b>$15.00</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Waterbury,</td><td align='left'><b>$25.00</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Henry Clay, Jr.</td><td align='left'><b>$30.00</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'>The Henry Clay,</td><td align='left'><b>$50.00</b></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3>The Scovill & Adams Co.<br /> +<small>423 Broome Street, New York.</small> +</h3> + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>19</span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 640px;"> +<img src="images/i_076x.png" width="640" height="179" alt="" title="" /> +<span class="caption">ANTHION-SCHERING<br /> +<span class="u">The Best Hypo Eliminator.</span></span> +</div> + + +<p class="center ft20">DIRECTIONS FOR USE.</p> + +<h4>THE SOLUTION.</h4> + +<p>Five grammes (75 grains) <b>Anthion</b> are dissolved in one litre (one +quart) of luke-warm distilled water. The solution keeps for at least +one month.</p> + +<h4><i>A. For Gelatine Plates.</i></h4> + +<p><i>a.</i> The plate (13 × 18 centimetres—5 × 7 inches) or film, after fixing, is +allowed to drain and then washed for about five minutes in a dish with +about 600 cubic centimetres (20 fluid ounces) water; it is then again +allowed to drain.</p> + +<p><i>b.</i> Afterward it is laid in a second dish with 200 c.c. (7 fluid ounces) +<b>Anthion solution</b>, and again allowed to remain for five minutes with occasional +stirring.</p> + +<p><i>c.</i> The plate is then once more laid in 600 c.c. (20 fluid ounces) fresh +water, exactly according to direction <i>a</i>.</p> + +<p><i>d.</i> The operations <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> are repeated.</p> + +<p>The plate is then <b>free from fixing soda</b>. (In order to determine this, +proceed as follows:)</p> + +<h4><i>Test.</i></h4> + +<p>To be certain that all the fixing soda is completely destroyed, proceed +as follows: Several c.c. (half to one teaspoonful) of the last washing +water are poured into a test-tube, and three or four drops silver +nitrate solution (1 to 20) added. A white precipitate generally forms. +If this gradually acquires a <b>yellow</b> tint, fixing soda is still present.</p> + +<p>In such a case operations <i>a</i> and <i>b</i> are to be repeated.</p> + +<h4><i>B. For Positive Paper Prints.</i></h4> + +<p>The operations are carried out as under A, but instead of one plate +five fixed copies (13 × 18 c.c.—5 × 7 inches) are taken, allowed to drain one +by one, then laid singly in water (vide <i>a</i>), afterward in <b>Anthion solution</b> +(vide <i>b</i>), then again in water (vide <i>c</i>), again in <b>Anthion solution</b> (vide <i>d</i>), +and finally in water.</p> + +<p><b>It is important that the paper prints are frequently separated in +the different baths.</b> If the prints stick together, the solution does not +penetrate and cannot act.</p> + +<h3>= IMPORTANT =</h3> + +<p>For large plates and prints it is not only necessary to use larger +dishes, but also more liquid, both <b>Anthion solution</b> and water. An +excess of <b>Anthion</b> or of water is decidedly useful, but less is disadvantageous.</p> + +<p>The above directions for washing relate to those who have no continual +flow of water at hand.</p> + +<p>If a continual flow of water is obtainable, it is advisable to wash the +plates or prints in flowing water for a quarter of an hour, and then dip +in the <b>Anthion solution</b> and test the result as above.</p> + +<h3><small>Send orders to your Dealers, or to</small><br /> + +<i>The Scovill & Adams Co., New York.</i></h3> + + + + +<hr style="width: 100%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'>20</span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> +<img src="images/i_077.png" width="800" height="494" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'>When purchasing a Developer<br /> + please be particular to specify</td> +<td><span class="ft20">Schering's</span></td> +<td align='left'>the oldest and most<br /> + favorably known brand.</td> +</tr> +<tr><td colspan='3' align='center'><i>Put up with labels and seals as per fac-similes here given.</i></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p class="center">ONE OUNCE<br /> +<b>PYROGALLIC ACID</b><br /> +RESUBLIMED<br /> +From E. SCHERING,<br /> +MANUFACTURING CHEMIST, BERLIN, GERMANY.</p> + +<p class="center"><b>THE STANDARD OF THE LAST—THIRD—EDITION OF THE GERMAN PHARMACOPŒIA.</b></p> + +<h3><big>See that you get the Genuine "Schering's." Excelled by none.</big></h3> + +<h3><small>Send Orders to your Dealers, or to</small><br /> + +THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY, NEW YORK.</h3> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Photogravure, by Henry R. Blaney + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHOTOGRAVURE *** + +***** This file should be named 36446-h.htm or 36446-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/6/4/4/36446/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_002x.jpg b/36446-h/images/i_002x.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe6c62b --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_002x.jpg diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_008.png b/36446-h/images/i_008.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff7083a --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_008.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_011.jpg b/36446-h/images/i_011.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..84166d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_011.jpg diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_013.png b/36446-h/images/i_013.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0898fe --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_013.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_016.png b/36446-h/images/i_016.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b81cfec --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_016.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_025.png b/36446-h/images/i_025.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..76caca0 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_025.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_035.png b/36446-h/images/i_035.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9682b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_035.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_038.png b/36446-h/images/i_038.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eae6698 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_038.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_039.png b/36446-h/images/i_039.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9d17da --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_039.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_047.png b/36446-h/images/i_047.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..09bc1cf --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_047.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_049.png b/36446-h/images/i_049.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfeb230 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_049.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_051.png b/36446-h/images/i_051.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c65ba2d --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_051.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_054.png b/36446-h/images/i_054.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f20adf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_054.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_056.png b/36446-h/images/i_056.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..58482c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_056.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_059a.png b/36446-h/images/i_059a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..66dcbc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_059a.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_059b.png b/36446-h/images/i_059b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eaedbde --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_059b.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_060.png b/36446-h/images/i_060.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2833b82 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_060.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_061.png b/36446-h/images/i_061.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc5e4a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_061.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_062a.png b/36446-h/images/i_062a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d74660 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_062a.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_062b.png b/36446-h/images/i_062b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e136331 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_062b.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_063a.png b/36446-h/images/i_063a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b30be2 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_063a.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_063b.png b/36446-h/images/i_063b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..513f6df --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_063b.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_064a.jpg b/36446-h/images/i_064a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..858391e --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_064a.jpg diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_064b.png b/36446-h/images/i_064b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..38e73ff --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_064b.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_067.png b/36446-h/images/i_067.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..257ac4d --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_067.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_068a.png b/36446-h/images/i_068a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1212bfd --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_068a.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_068b.png b/36446-h/images/i_068b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fc15e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_068b.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_071.png b/36446-h/images/i_071.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b56fa81 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_071.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_073a.png b/36446-h/images/i_073a.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..af12613 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_073a.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_073b.png b/36446-h/images/i_073b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a08f257 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_073b.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_075.png b/36446-h/images/i_075.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..899541b --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_075.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_075b.png b/36446-h/images/i_075b.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d958f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_075b.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_076x.png b/36446-h/images/i_076x.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2695ed2 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_076x.png diff --git a/36446-h/images/i_077.png b/36446-h/images/i_077.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d8d6a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446-h/images/i_077.png diff --git a/36446.txt b/36446.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..087960b --- /dev/null +++ b/36446.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3095 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Photogravure, by Henry R. Blaney + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Photogravure + +Author: Henry R. Blaney + +Release Date: June 17, 2011 [EBook #36446] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHOTOGRAVURE *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + + + + + [Illustration: THE S. & A. PHOTOGRAPHIC SERIES.] + + Edited by W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS. + + + No. 1. THE PHOTOGRAPHIC AMATEUR. + By J. TRAILL TAYLOR. A Guide to the Young Photographer, either + Professional or Amateur. (Second Edition.) Paper covers =$0.50= + + No. 4. HOW TO MAKE PICTURES. + By HENRY CLAY PRICE. (Fourth Edition.) The A B C of Dry-Plate + Photography. Out of print. (See No. 26) + + No. 5. PHOTOGRAPHY WITH EMULSIONS. + By Capt. W. DE W. ABNEY, R.E., F.R.S. A treatise on the theory + and practical working of Gelatine and Collodion Emulsion + Processes. (Second Edition.) Paper covers =.75= + + No. 7. THE MODERN PRACTICE OF RETOUCHING. + As practiced by M. Piquepe, and other celebrated experts. (Eighth + Edition.) Paper covers, =50= cents: Library Edition =.75= + + No. 8. THE SPANISH EDITION OF HOW TO MAKE PICTURES. + Ligeras Lecciones sobre Fotografia Dedicados a los Aficionados, + Cloth bound, =75= cents. Paper covers =.50= + + No. 9. Out of print. + + No. 12. HARDWICH'S PHOTOGRAPHIC CHEMISTRY. + A manual of Photographic Chemistry, theoretical and practical. + (Ninth Edition) Edited by J. TRAILL TAYLOR. + Leatherette binding =2.00= + + No. 13. TWELVE ELEMENTARY LESSONS ON SILVER PRINTING. + (Second Edition.) Paper covers =.50= + + No. 14. ABOUT PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHERS. + A series of interesting essays for the studio and study, to which + is added European Rambles with a Camera. By H. BADEN PRITCHARD, + F.C.S. Paper covers, =50= cents. Cloth bound =.75= + + No. 15. THE CHEMICAL EFFECT OF THE SPECTRUM. + By Dr. J. M. EDER. Cloth bound, =50= cents. Paper covers =.25= + + No. 16. PICTURE MAKING BY PHOTOGRAPHY. + By H. P. ROBINSON, author of Pictorial Effect in Photography. + Written in popular form and finely illustrated. Library Edition, + =$1.00=. Paper covers =.75= + + No. 17. FIRST LESSONS IN AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHY. + Out of print. (See Amateur Photography, by W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS.) + + No. 20. DRY PLATE MAKING FOR AMATEURS. + By GEORGE L. SINCLAIR, M.D. Pointed, practical and plain. + Leatherette binding =.50= + + No. 21. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1887. + (Second Edition.) Paper cover (postage, 12 cents + additional) =0.50= + Library Edition (postage, 12 cents additional) =1.00= + + No. 22. PHOTOGRAPHIC PRINTING METHODS. + By the Rev. W. H. BURBANK. A Practical Guide to the Professional + and Amateur Worker. Cloth bound. (Third Edition) =1.00= + + No. 23. A HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY. + Written as a practical guide and an introduction to its latest + developments. By W. JEROME HARRISON, F.G.S., and containing a + frontispiece of the author. Cloth bound =1.00= + + No. 24. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1888. + Illustrated. (Second Edition.) Paper (by mail, 12 cents + additional) =.50= + Library Edition (by mail, 12 cents additional) =1.00= + + No. 25. THE PHOTOGRAPHIC NEGATIVE. + A Practical Guide to the Preparation of Sensitive Surfaces by the + Calotype, Albumen, Collodion, and Gelatine Processes, on Glass + and Paper, with Supplementary Chapter on Development, etc., by + the Rev. W. H. BURBANK. Cloth bound. Reduced from $1.50 to =1.00= + + No. 26. THE PHOTOGRAPHIC INSTRUCTOR FOR THE PROFESSIONAL AND AMATEUR. + Being the comprehensive series of Practical Lessons issued to + the Students of the Chautauqua School of Photography. Revised + and enlarged. Edited by W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS, with an Appendix + by Prof. CHAS. EHRMANN. (Fourth Edition, enlarged and revised.) + Paper covers =1.00= + Library Edition =1.50= + + No. 27. LETTERS ON LANDSCAPE PHOTOGRAPHY. + By H. P. ROBINSON. Finely illustrated from the author's own + photographs and containing a Photogravure frontispiece of the + author. Cloth bound. =1.50= + + No. 29. THE PROCESSES OF PURE PHOTOGRAPHY. + By W. K. BURTON and ANDREW PRINGLE. A standard work, very + complete and freely illustrated. Price, in paper covers, =$2.00=. + Library Ed. =2.50= + + No. 30. PICTORIAL EFFECT IN PHOTOGRAPHY. + By H. P. ROBINSON. A new edition. Illustrated. Mr. Robinson's + first and best work. Cloth bound =1.50= + + No. 32. PRACTICAL PHOTO-MICROGRAPHY. + By ANDREW PRINGLE. Fully illustrated. Cloth bound =2.50= + + No. 33. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1890. + Paper cover (by mail, 14 cents additional) =.50= + Library Edition (by mail, 14 cents additional) =1.00= + + No. 34. THE OPTICAL LANTERN. + Illustrated. By ANDREW PRINGLE. Paper covers, =$1.00=. + Cloth bound =1.50= + + No. 35. LANTERN SLIDES BY PHOTOGRAPHIC METHODS. + By ANDREW PRINGLE. Paper covers =75= cents. Cloth bound =1.25= + + No. 36. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1891. + Paper covers (by mail, 15 cents additional) =.50= + Library Edition (by mail, 15 cents additional) =1.00= + Cyclopaedic Index for 1891 Annual =.10= + + No. 37. PHOTOGRAPHIC OPTICS. + A Text-Book for the Professional and Amateur. By W. K. BURTON. + Paper covers, =$1.00=. Library Edition =1.50= + + No. 38. PHOTOGRAPHIC REPRODUCTION PROCESSES. + Illustrated. By P. C. DUCHOCHOIS. Paper covers, =$1.00=. + Cloth =1.50= + + No. 39. EL INSTRUCTOR FOTOGRAFICO. + Paper covers, =$1.00=. Library Edition =1.50= + + No. 40. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1892. + Out of print. + + No. 41. THE CHEMISTRY OF PHOTOGRAPHY. + By W. JEROME HARRISON. Cloth bound =3.00= + + No. 42. PICTURE MAKING IN THE STUDIO. + By H. P. ROBINSON. Paper covers, =50= cents. Cloth bound (Library + Edition) =1.00= + + No. 43. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1893. + Edited by W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS. + Paper covers (postage extra, 15 cents) =.50= + Cloth bound (Library Edition) (postage extra, 15 cents) =1.00= + + No. 44. THE LIGHTING IN THE PHOTOGRAPHIC STUDIO. + By P. C. DUCHOCHOIS. A new edition. Paper covers, =75= cents. + Cloth bound (Library Edition) =1.00= + + No. 45. THE GRAMMAR OF PHOTO-ENGRAVING. + By H. D. FARQUHAR. Illustrated. The most complete text-book yet + published on this subject. Price, in paper covers, =$2.00=. Cloth + bound (Library Edition) =2.50= + + No. 46. INDUSTRIAL PHOTOGRAPHY. + Illustrated. By P. C. DUCHOCHOIS. Being a description of the + various processes of producing Indestructible Photographic Images + on Glass, Porcelain, Metal, and many other substances. Paper + covers, =50= cents. Cloth bound =1.00= + + No. 47. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1894. + Edited by W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS. + Paper covers (postage extra, 15 cents) =.50= + Cloth bound (Library Edition) (postage extra, 15 cents) =1.00= + + No. 48. ARISTOTYPES AND HOW TO MAKE THEM. + Giving a complete description of the manufacture and treatment of + Gelatino and Collodio-Chloride Papers. By WALTER E. WOODBURY. + Illustrated. Paper covers, =$1.50=. Library Edition =2.00= + + No. 49. THE ENCYCLOPAEDIC DICTIONARY OF PHOTOGRAPHY. + Containing over 2,000 references and about 400 illustrations. By + WALTER E. WOODBURY. In press. + + No. 50. THE AMERICAN ANNUAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY AND PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + ALMANAC FOR 1895. + With over 200 illustrations In paper covers. Postage extra =50= + Cloth bound. (Library Edition.) Postage 15 cents extra =1.00= + + No. 51. THE PHOTO-GRAVURE PROCESS. + By =Henry R. Blaney=. A very complete and practical book, written + by an Expert. In paper covers, =50= cents. Cloth bound (Library + edition). =1.00= + + For sale by all dealers in Photographic goods, booksellers, + and sent, post-paid, on receipt of price, by the publishers, + + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY OF NEW YORK, + SEND FOR BOOK CATALOGUE. 423 BROOME STREET. + + * * * * * + + + A Selected List of Books + FROM THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO.'S BOOK CATALOGUE. + + Price per Copy. + Amateur Photography. + A Practical Guide for the Beginner. By W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS. + Illustrated. Paper covers, =50c.=; cloth bound =$1.00= + + Lantern Slides and How to Make Them. + By A. R. DRESSER. A new book, very complete and practical =.25= + + Photography at Night. + By P. C. DUCHOCHOIS. Illustrated. 108 pp. Paper covers =1.00= + + Bromide Paper and How to Use It. + Written by an Expert, with a specimen Bromide illustration =.25= + + The Knack. + Written expressly to help the beginner in perplexity, reduced + to =.25= + + Photographic Lenses; Their Choice and Use. + By J. H. DALLMEYER. A special edition, edited for American + photographers. In paper covers =.25= + + The Chemistry of Photography. + By Prof. RAPHAEL MELDOLA =2.00= + + The Photographic Image. + By P. C. DUCHOCHOIS. A Theoretical and Practical Treatise on + Development. Paper covers =1.50= + Cloth bound =2.00= + + The Ferrotyper's Guide. + For the ferrotyper, this is the only standard work. Seventh + thousand =.75= + + The Photographic Studios of Europe. + By H. BADEN PRITCHARD, F.C.S. Cloth bound, =$1.00=; paper + covers =.50= + + Art of Making Portraits in Crayon on Solar Enlargements. + (Third edition.) By E. LONG =1.00= + + History and Hand-Book of Photography. + With seventy illustrations. Cloth bound, reduced to =.50= + + Crayon Portraiture. + Complete instructions for making Crayon Portraits on Crayon Paper + and on Platinum, Silver and Bromide Enlargements; also directions + for the use of Transparent Liquid Water Colors, and for making + French Crystals. By J. A. BARHYDT. A new edition. Paper covers, + =50c.=; cloth bound =1.00= + + Art Recreations. + Ladies' popular guide in home decorative work, with a + chapter on photography. Edited by MARION KEMBLE =1.00= + + American Carbon Manual. + For those who want to try the carbon printing process, this + work gives the most detailed information. Cloth bound. + Reduced to =.50= + + Manual de Fotografia. + By AUGUSTUS LE PLONGEON. (Hand-book for Spanish + Photographers.) =1.00= + + Secrets of the Dark Chamber. + By D. D. T. DAVIE =.50= + + The Photographer's Book of Practical Formulas. + Compiled by Dr. W. D. HOLMES. Ph.D., and E. P. GRISWOLD. + Paper covers, reduced from =75c.= to =30c.=; cloth bound, + reduced from =$1.50= to =.60= + + American Hand-Book of the Daguerrotype. + By S. D. HUMPHREY. (Fifth edition.) This book contains + the various processes employed in taking heliographic + impressions =.25= + + * * * * * + + + AN ANNOUNCEMENT! + + We have made arrangements with the NEW YORK PHOTOGRAVURE COMPANY by + which we are enabled to offer a series of magnificent Photogravures + at a very low price. + + The first is that which has been already published and described by + us, being the "COURT OF HONOR," at the World's Fair. The companion + to this is in preparation, and will shortly be ready. It represents + a view of the "ADMINISTRATION BUILDING AND COURT OF HONOR," looking + up from the Peristyle. These two pictures form a magnificent + souvenir of the World's Fair, and imperishable ones, which have not + been approached in artistic or technical excellence. Each measures + about 18 x 22 inches, and they are printed in the best style, on + paper 24 x 32 inches. + + The next two pictures are photogravures from negatives made by Mr. + JOHN E. DUMONT, of Rochester, and form admirable companion pictures. + Their titles are, "NO DOUBT," and "IN DOUBT," and represent, in one + case, a monk with a winning hand of cards, and having no doubt what + his play is to be. In the other, a monk holding a hand of cards + which evidently is a losing one, and, as evidently, he is in doubt + as to what to play. + + The story of these pictures is admirably told, and with all the well + known skill of Mr. DUMONT. + + The next in the series is a "LANDSCAPE WITH SHEEP," by Mr. ROBERT S. + REDFIELD, of Philadelphia, and can well pass for a reproduction of a + painting by VERBECK HOVEN, not that it is in any sense a copy of any + picture, being entirely original, but in sentiment and feeling + equaling the best and most artistic work of the painter. As a + companion to this, "A STORM AT BRIGHTON" is published. This was one + of the prize pictures at the recent exhibition of the joint + Societies of Amateur Photographers of Boston, Philadelphia and New + York. It is exceedingly effective as a study of cloud and motion of + water, and forms an admirably suggestive study for artists. It is + from a negative by Mr. ERNEST EDWARDS, President of the New York + Photogravure Company. + + The well-known picture of "Flirtation" has also been engraved for + this series, and will be very popular. This picture (it will be + remembered) appeared in the American "Annual of Photography" for + 1892. + + With the exception of the two first, all these pictures measure + about 16 x 12 inches for size of work, and are printed on etching + paper, 22 x 28 inches. + + The uniform price of all is $2.00 each. For sale by all dealers. + + Other subjects will follow, from time to time. + + These Photogravures will be sent, post-paid, by mail, + carefully packed, on receipt of price. + + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY. + + * * * * * + + + Twelve: Photographic: Studies. + + THE THIRD EDITION. + + A Collection of Photogravures from the Best Representative + Photographic Negatives by Leading Photographic Artists. + + COMPILED BY W. I. LINCOLN ADAMS. + + THE COLLECTION INCLUDES + + "Dawn and Sunset," H. P. Robinson. + "Childhood," H. McMichael. + "As Age Steals On," J. F. Ryder. + "A Portrait Study," B. J. Falk. + "Solid Comfort," John E. Dumont. + "Ophelia," H. P. Robinson. + "No Barrier," F. A. Jackson. + "El Capitan," W. H. Jackson. + "Still Waters," J. J. Montgomery. + "Surf," James F. Cowee + "A Horse Race," George Barker. + "Hi, Mister, may we have some Apples?" Geo. B. Wood. + + Printed on Japan Paper, Mounted on Boards. Size, 11 x 14, in + ornamental Portfolio and a Box. Price, $3.00. + + Sent, post-paid, on receipt of price, by + The Scovill & Adams Company. + + * * * * * + + + Artistic Landscapes + FROM NATURE. + + Representing The Four Seasons. + + These plates were made from photographs taken direct from nature. + They have been most beautifully reproduced by the highest grade + (copper-plate) process of the New York Photogravure Company. The + plates measure 6 x 8 inches, but are printed on extra heavy plate + paper 11 x 14 inches in size. Each picture is printed in a tint + especially appropriate for the season which it represents, and the + entire set of photogravures are in every way =worthy of framing=. + + The negatives were photographed from nature by Mr. W. I. LINCOLN + ADAMS, and they have been _enthusiastically praised wherever shown_. + + What GEORGE INNESS, America's greatest landscape painter, says of + these photogravures: + + "They are very charming, and should prove extremely useful in the + development of the landscape art of our country." + + They are sold singly or in sets. + + Price, per copy $0.50 + The Set of Four 1.50 + + Sent, post-paid, to any address, on receipt of price, by + The Montclair Photogravure Publishing Company, + MONTCLAIR, N. J. + + * * * * * + + + THEODORE METCALF CO. + + Chemicals + Fine, Rare and Crude, of every description. + + From the many years we have dealt in this class of supplies, we claim + to be leaders in this branch of the drug trade, and by constantly + replenishing and increasing our stock, and at once procuring or + manufacturing all new chemical products, we are able to do full + justice to all orders. + + : Pure Chemicals : + FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC AND PROCESS WORK. + + Bromide of Potassium. + Bichromates. + Ammonium, Potassium and Sodium. + Powdered Dragon Blood, Light Colored and Dark. + Metcalf Powdered Bitumen of Judea. + + :: ALSO :: + + Syrian Asphaltum. + Benzole, Chemically Pure, + + By Can or Barrel. + + Etc., Etc., Etc. + + Boston, U. S. A. + + * * * * * + + + The Grammar of Photo-Engraving. + + By H. D. FARQUHAR. + + (Number Forty-five of the Scovill Photographic Series.) + + CONTAINING INSTRUCTION IN + + Drawing, Chemistry and Optics, as applied to Photo-Engraving. + + AND A PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE ART OF + + HALF-TONE, ZINC ETCHING, SWELLED GELATINE, LITHOTYPE AND + CHALK PLATE ENGRAVING, AS PRACTICED IN THE UNITED STATES. + + ILLUSTRATED. + + The object of this book is to present to the constantly increasing + number of persons seeking after practical knowledge in the art of + process engraving, a comprehensive and totally reliable text-book. + The book has been written with a view to instruct the amateur as + well as the professional, and the writer has always had in mind the + beginner, counting no detail too trivial to be fully described. + + It has been written for the most part in the leisure hours, after + practical service during the day in a photo-engraving establishment, + so that the instruction goes directly from the shop to the pupil. It + has been the author's hope, in writing this book, to so carefully + describe every branch of work connected with the subject, that the + beginner, who knows absolutely nothing about it, may become a + practical photo-engraver from a careful reading of the work. + + CONTENTS: + + Chapter I.--Drawings for Photographic Reproduction. The Materials + Required. + + Chapter II.--Chemicals used in Photo-Engraving. + + Chapter III.--Apparatus and the Workshop. + + Chapter IV.--Photographic Processes as Employed in + Photo-Engravings. Preparation of the Chemicals. + + Chapter V.--Causes of Failure. Remedies. + + Chapter VI.--The Half-Tone Process. Screen Plates. + + Chapter VII.--Zinc Etching. Preparation of Chemicals Used in Zinc + Etching. + + Chapter VIII.--Etching in Half-Tone. + + Chapter IX.--Blocking and Finishing. Tools and Materials. + + Chapter X.--Swelled Gelatine Process of Photo-Engraving. + + Chapter XI.--Lithotype Engraving for Color Work. + + Chapter XII.--Photographing on Wood and Other Processes. + + Price, in paper covers $2.00 + " cloth bound (Library Edition) 2.50 + + For sale by all dealers in Photographic Materials, and sent, + post-paid, on receipt of price, by the publishers, + + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY, + 423 Broome Street, New York City. + + * * * * * + + + + + [Illustration: A ROADSIDE COTTAGE IN THE CATSKILLS + E. EDWARDS PHOTO. N.Y PHOTOGRAVURE CO.] + + + + + PHOTOGRAVURE. + + + BY + HENRY R. BLANEY. + + + _With Introduction and Additions by the Editor._ + + + NEW YORK: + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY. + 1895. + + + + [Illustration] + + Copyright, 1895. + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY. + + + + +CONTENTS. + + + PAGE + INTRODUCTION BY THE EDITOR.--Early History of Photogravure-- + Woodbury's Process--Other Methods, 5 + + CHAPTER I.--The Negative.--Quality best Suitable.--Necessity + for Reversing.--Methods of Obtaining Reversals.--The Powder + Process, 9 + + CHAPTER II.--The Transparency.--The Carbon Process.--Cutting + up the Tissue.--Sensitizing.--Drying.--Exposing.--Continuing + Action of Light.--Development.--Carbutt's Transparency + Plates, 15 + + CHAPTER III.--The Carbon Tissue.--Sensitizing and Exposing.-- + The Actinometer, 22 + + CHAPTER IV.--Cleaning and Graining of the Copper Plate Plate-- + Grade of Copper Necessary.--Where and How to Buy it, 25 + + CHAPTER V.--Development of Negative Resist on the Copper + Plate.--Preparation for Biting with Acid through the + Gelatine, 29 + + CHAPTER VI.--The Acid Baths.--How to Make Them and Method + of Biting through the Gelatine, 32 + + CHAPTER VII.--Cleaning and Polishing the Plate, with Tools + Necessary for Retouching, 37 + + CHAPTER VIII.--Printing from the Plate.--Steel Facing, 39 + + CHAPTER IX.--Materials Necessary for Photogravure--List of + Firms Supplying Them, 41 + + CHAPTER X.--Books and Articles on Photogravure, 1888-1893, 44 + + + + +[Illustration] + +INTRODUCTION. + + +About the year 1820 Nicephore Niepce made the discovery that bitumen, +under certain conditions, was sensitive to light. He dissolved it in oil +of lavender, and spread a thin layer of the solution thus obtained upon +stone. This he exposed under a drawing (making the paper transparent by +waxing), and after sufficient exposure, oil of lavender was poured on. +Those portions of the bitumen which had been exposed to the action of +the light had become insoluble, and so remained while the lines which +had been protected by the drawing were dissolved away. By treating the +stone with an acid these lines were bitten or eroded, and could be +printed from. Niepce afterward employed metal plates instead of the +stone. + +Here we have the foundation for a number of printing processes of the +present day, including photogravure. + +For many years, however, progress in processes for intaglio printing was +very slow. In 1852 Talbot introduced a process termed photoglyphy, and +in 1854 Paul Pretsch, of Vienna, patented a process which he termed +photogalvanography. In 1870 the late Walter B. Woodbury, inventor of +the Woodburytype process, suggested to M. Rousselon, of M. M. Goupil & +Co.,[A] a process which he had discovered, and which he describes[B] +as follows: + +"The method, as perhaps many of your readers know, is based on the fact +that some pigments used in carbon printing have an unpleasant habit of +granulating when mixed with gelatine and bichromate, destructive to +their use in carbon printing and Woodburytype, but bearing the essence +of success in an engraving process where grain is necessary. The origin +of this method was simply owing to my getting some bad reliefs, in which +this effect was first noticed. Out of this arose the photo-engraving +process which, as I said before, is now claimed as the invention of a +Frenchman. But I am digressing. + +"This relief, possessing a suitable grain, could, by hydraulic pressure, +be made to transfer its minutest details to metal without any loss to +fineness, so giving a plate possessing all the properties of a +mezzotint. The methods hitherto used of electrotyping would have proved +useless, as all detail would have been lost. The same thing applies to +the new method I am now about to bring before your readers. The latter +process of getting the grain transferred to a hard metal remains the +same; but the novelty is in the method of producing the grained plate. +To those who have practiced the process of enameling, as used by Geymet +and Alker, and others, my description will be better understood. + +"I first coat a thin, polished steel plate (zinc will answer) with a +very thin coating of gum, glucose, and bichromate as used for enameling. +This I dry rapidly, and, while still warm and desiccated, expose under a +glass positive. On removal from the frame after exposure the plate is +made to take up a slight amount of moisture by breathing on it. + +"During this stage I brush or dust over it any hard powder, such as +emery, powdered glass, etc, but these I keep of different degrees of +fineness or coarseness. No. 1, is of a coarse quality, and is used +first; No. 2 is finer; and No. 3 is of the finest grain obtainable. +These are obtained by passing through muslin of different degrees of +fineness. Having in the first stage of moisture used the No. 1, or +coarsest, powder, after a time No. 2 is dusted over and adheres to the +middle tints, while the very finest tones, which have almost lost their +sticky qualities by the exposure to light, are treated to No. 3. + +"Now we possess a granular picture having all the true qualities +required in a photo-engraved plate, or, rather, such as will give a +reverse in metal having these qualities. The steel or zinc plate is then +to be exposed to light to completely harden the mixture all over, and is +then treated exactly as in my other engraving process; that is, pressed +into soft metal by hydraulic pressure, electrotyped, and then the +surface is aciercised or coated with steel. The dark parts are thus +represented by a coarse grain, the middle tints by a medium grain, and +the finest shades by the most infinitesimal particles, thus meeting all +requirements necessary to a successful photo engraving process." + +This process was taken up by a Frenchman and claimed by him as his own +invention. The chief difficulty with it was that the plates before being +perfect require the work of a skillful engraver, sometimes for weeks. +They were therefore very costly, six dollars per square inch being +charged for the making of the plate alone. + +Klic's process, 1886, was the next important improvement in photogravure +or intaglio printing, and since then many other processes and +improvements have been introduced by Obernetter, Waterhouse, Colls, +Zuccato, Sawyer and others. + +In the following chapters Mr. H. R. Blaney gives a working description +of the process as practiced to-day by many of the leading firms in this +and other countries. This originally appeared in the columns of THE +PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES, but I have made many additions that I have imagined +may be of value to the student. A dividing line will be found between +Mr. Blaney's writings and my own additions. + + THE EDITOR. + + [A] Now Boussod, Valadon et Cie. + + [B] _British Journal Almanac_, 1874. + + + + +CHAPTER I. + +THE NEGATIVE. + + +Any negative may be used for photogravure, that is, taken from nature, +or from a painting or engraving, provided it is reversed, and, in the +case of paintings, should, in addition, be on an orthochromatic plate. +The negative should be soft and brilliant, well exposed, and not hard or +under-exposed. A reversed negative is always necessary if the print from +the copper plate is required to be similar in regard to right and left, +or if no other means are to be taken, to reverse the image upon the +copper plate. Professionals use stripping plates especially made for +this purpose for small work, or the reversed negative may be made in the +copying camera. A fairly good reversed negative can be made by contact +in the printing frame from an albumen print from the original negative, +the print made transparent with white wax by being placed on a piece of +warm, clean metal and the wax rubbed over the face. To have the negative +reversed, the print should first be placed, face out, against the glass +of the printing frame, with its back against the sensitive surface of +the transparency plate, the back closed in and exposed to a large lamp +for about five seconds. Every care must be taken that you use the best +of negatives, carefully retouched if necessary, as the professional +photographic etchers have informed me that (from their standpoint) the +success of the whole process depends on the quality of the original +negative and the care taken in artistic retouching. + + * * * * * + +It will often happen in commercial photogravure work that plates have to +be made from all kinds of original negatives. In cases where these are +flat from over-exposure it is well to make a carbon transparency; +intensifying the image with a strong solution of permanganate of potash, +and from this make a fresh negative upon a slow or Carbutt transparency +plate. + +Mr. Horace Wilmer says: "The class of negative most suitable is such as +gives a good result by any of the printing processes. A bright sparkling +negative will always give a good plate, but I do not find that any +satisfactory results can be got from a soft flat negative. The negative +should be as perfect as possible. It is absolutely useless to work from +a faulty negative. Contrasts on it may be increased by retouching. Such +contrasts are desirable because the tendency of the etching is to reduce +them somewhat." + +Perhaps the simplest way of obtaining a reversed negative is by placing +the dry plate in the slide film inside and exposing through the glass, +of course after allowing in focusing for the thickness of the glass +plate. With the wet-collodion process, usually the method employed by +large photomechanical printers, this method can be used because it is +a simple matter to carefully examine the glass plate to be employed, +but it will be obvious that with the ordinary dry plate all the +imperfections of the glass, such as dirt, scratches, air-bubbles, etc., +will be clearly reproduced in the image. + +Another method largely employed to produce reversed negatives direct, is +by means of a mirror or prism placed either before or behind the lens. +The prism is the more convenient, but if large sizes are used it becomes +a costly piece of apparatus. The mirror, which should be a plane of +glass silvered on its surface, is a less expensive affair. By either of +these means the reversed negatives can be made direct without suffering +the least in quality. + +With celluloid or other flexible films, printing can, of course, be done +from either side. Practical men, however, say that, except with the +very thinnest films, there is an undoubted loss of sharpness in the +grain when these films are reversed and with some mechanical processes. + +Against this, however, it may be said that better contact can be +obtained in printing than if the film were upon a piece of uneven glass, +as is often the case, for by backing it with a piece of plate-glass +perfect contact is ensured everywhere. + +We come now to the method of stripping the film from the glass. If the +negative is made by the collodion process the matter is a simple one. +The glass is treated with French chalk previous to collodionizing. After +the negative is made and dried it is laid on a leveling stand and a +solution of gelatine poured on it. When dry, it is readily stripped by +running a knife all round. With ordinary dry-plates the method usually +recommended is to immerse them in dilute hydrofluoric acid. The +difficulty often experienced here is in the lateral expansion of the +film. This will largely depend upon the plate, or rather the quality of +the gelatine used. There are, however, two methods of securing the films +to some medium unaffected by moisture, and so prevent expansion or +distortion. The first is that recommended by Mr. A. Pumphrey and the +second by Mr. H. J. Burton, modified descriptions of which are given in +a recent number of _The British Journal of Photography_. If the negative +is varnished this is removed. A thin film of gelatine is moistened in a +dilute solution of hydrofluoric acid, one part of acid to sixty of +water. This gelatine film is secured on paper by a coating of +india-rubber. + +The action of the dilute acid is to soften the gelatine, making it very +adhesive. It can, in this state, be readily attached to the negative by +squeegeeing. The acid in the film passes through the negative, and +releases it from the glass. It can then be lifted off and pinned to a +flat surface to dry. The paper can afterward be stripped off, when dry, +by moistening the back with a little benzole to dissolve the +india-rubber. In this manner we get the stripped negative in exactly the +same size as when on the glass, to which it can be restored at any time +desired. + +Burton, in his method, employs collodion in place of paper as the +support. The negative is first coated with a thick collodion, and this +is allowed ten minutes or so to set. It is then immersed in plain water +until the film loses all appearance of greasiness. A few drops of +hydrofluoric acid are added to the water, and the dish gently rocked. +The film will soon detach itself, when the plate should be at once +rinsed. Another plate previously coated with gelatine, and dried, is +placed in the dish, and the released film, after reversing, is floated +upon it, the two removed together, and allowed to dry. + +So far we have only treated upon reverse negatives, either obtained at +once or reversed afterward. It often happens, however, that we have an +ordinary negative, which is required to be reversed. This negative may +be a valuable one, and the risk involved in stripping it be too great. + +Another simple method of obtaining a reversed negative is by means of +the powder process. Although this process is an old one, it appears to +be but little known, for what reason we have never been able to define. +It is by no means difficult, and by its means a negative can be obtained +direct from a negative without the intermediate positive transparency. + +The principle of the process is this: An organic tacky substance is +sensitized with potassium dichromate, and exposed under a reversed +positive to the action of light. All those parts acted upon become hard, +the stickiness disappearing according to the strength of the light +action, while those parts protected by the darker parts of the positive +retain their adhesiveness. If a colored powder be dusted over, it will +be understood that it will adhere to the sticky parts only, forming a +visible image, the same being a reproduction of the positive printed +from. The process is very useful for the production of lantern slides +and transparencies, or for the reproduction of negatives. Any of the +following formulae may be employed for the manufacture of the organic +substance:-- + + +SOLUTION A. + + Gum arabic 25 grammes + Grape sugar 60 grammes + Purified honey 15 grammes + Alcohol, 40 deg 15 c.c. + Water 60 c.c. + + +SOLUTION B. + +Saturated solution of ammonium dichromate. + +Two solutions to be mixed together before using in proportions 15 A, +25 B, 50 water. + + +WOODBURY'S FORMULA. + + Gum arabic 60 grains + Glucose 45 grains + Glycerine 10 minims + Potassium dichromate 30 grains + Distilled water 2 ounces + + +OBERNETTER PROCESS. + + Dextrine 60 grains + White sugar 75 grains + Ammonium dichromate 30 grains + Glycerine 2 to 8 minims + Distilled water 3 ounces + +The gum is first dissolved and the remainder of the ingredients added. +It may be necessary to warm the solution in a hot water bath to dissolve +it. It is then filtered through flannel or clean muslin, and preserved +for use in well-stoppered bottles. With this solution clear glass plates +are coated and dried by a gentle heat over a small spirit lamp. The +plate while still warm is exposed under a reversed positive[C] for from +two to five minutes in sunlight, and from 10 to 20 minutes in diffused +light. The image is then but slightly visible. On removing from the +printing frame the plate is laid in the air (protected from light) for a +few minutes to absorb a little moisture from it. The next process is the +"dusting on." If the image is required to be black, fine Siberian +graphite is spread over it with a soft flat brush. This will adhere to +the parts unaffected by light, giving an image of the positive. Any +colored fine powder maybe used, giving images in various colors. When +fully developed the excess of powder is dusted off and the film coated +with collodion. After this it is well washed to remove the unaltered gum +and dichromate salt. The film may, if desired, be detached from the +plate and used for enamels, ivory, wood, textile fabrics, opals, etc. + +[Illustration] + + [C] Reversed as regards right and left. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +THE TRANSPARENCY. + + +Regular transparency gelatine dry plates are the handiest for making +positives, especially for amateurs, if one does not care if the subject +is in reverse, or if one has a reversed negative to work from. There is +a "special" carbon tissue, price $4.00 per roll of 2 x 12 feet, made by +the Autotype Company, of London, England, with full instructions +appended; by a system of double transfer, reversed negatives may be +obtained with this tissue. The "special" tissue is only to be used for +the transparency. A safe edge of black paper is required on the +transparency, pasted up exactly to the edge of the picture, on the glass +side; it comes, sold in strips, gummed, ready for use, about 1/4 inch +wide; this is required, as the tissue used for the negative resist on +the copper plate, which is printed from the transparency, must have a +safe edge, shielded from the light, or it will not attach itself to the +copper plate, the tissue coming inside half way. The screw pressure +printing frame should have a piece of heavy felt for backing the +transparency. + +The following instructions for making carbon transparencies will no +doubt be found useful: + +The carbon tissue prepared for this process consists of paper coated +with gelatine containing carbon, lamp-black, or other pigments. + +The Autotype Company, of London, manufacture a special "transparency" +tissue. + +CUTTING UP THE TISSUE is performed by unrolling it gently upon a zinc +cutting plate, cut square and true, with the inches marked at the bottom +and right-hand side. By using a T square and observing the numbered +inches marked on the plate, it will not be difficult to cut the tissue +to any dimension. If the tissue is very curly and unmanageable it should +be kept down with convenient weights. After cutting it up to the +required sizes, which should be conveniently smaller than the dish to +be used for sensitizing, it should be kept flat under a metal plate. + +SENSITIZING THE TISSUE is the next operation. This is performed in a +solution of potassium dichromate rendered alkaline with ammonia. Tie +over the mouth of a two-gallon jug a piece of muslin, to form a kind of +bag, into which place fifteen ounces of potassium dichromate, then fill +up the jug with water and allow it to stand until the dichromate is +dissolved and the solution becomes cold. It is sometimes advisable to +regulate the quantity of dichromate. In hot weather, or for very thin +negatives, the proportion of water should be doubled, while for very +hard negatives only half the quantity should be used. In very hot +weather it is often advantageous to replace about 30 per cent. of the +water with the same quantity of alcohol. + +The operation of sensitizing the tissue must be carried on in a room +lighted by a window covered with a yellow blind. A flat dish of +porcelain, glass, or _papier mache_, a squeegee, and a sheet of glass or +zinc larger than the tissue, will be required. + +The solution is poured into the dish, and should be at least two inches +deep. The tissue is then immersed in it, and the air-bells that form +immediately brush away from both sides with a broad camel's-hair brush. +The temperature of the bath should not be higher than 60 deg. Fahr.; and +the time of immersion should be from three to five minutes. After the +tissue has remained in the solution for the allotted time it is gently +removed and laid face downward upon the glass or zinc plate, and the +back squeegeed, removing all superfluous solution. The tissue is +removed from the glass and laid over a sheet of cardboard, bent into the +form of an arch, to dry. + +Another method (H. J. Burton's) of sensitizing carbon tissue is to lay +it flat on a sheet of clean blotting paper, and sponge on the back a +very strong sensitizing solution composed as follows: + + Potassium dichromate 4 ounces + Liquid ammonia fort 1 ounce + Water 20 ounces + +First mix the ammonia with the water, then grind up and add the +dichromate. + +DRYING THE TISSUE should be accomplished in a room perfectly free from +the noxious fumes of other chemicals, and lighted only by non-actinic +light. Tissues sensitized during the evening should be dry on the +following morning. It should then be cut to the sizes required and kept +flat in a pressure frame, or other similar contrivance. + +EXPOSING THE TISSUE.--The tissue can be exposed behind the negative in +an ordinary printing frame, or in special frames having no joint in the +back, as no image is visible. The negative must be furnished with a safe +edge, made by painting an edge about one-eighth of an inch round the +negative with black varnish, or by pasting on strips of red or black +paper. Exposure must be judged by an actinometer. A very suitable +instrument for timing the exposure of carbon tissue is Sawyer's +actinometer. It consists of a rectangular tin box with a glass lid, +bearing twelve tints graduated from slight discoloration to a degree of +opacity, representing the extreme amount of deposit upon the lights of +the densest negatives, each division of this screen of tints bearing a +number in opaque pigments; and a roll of sensitive paper is placed in +the box, and the end pulled forward so as to pass under the tints. When +this arrangement is placed in the light, the silver paper commences to +discolor underneath the graduated screen, beginning of course at the +lightest, but the number on the tint being in an opaque pigment is +preserved white, and serves to register the progress of printing; for +if, when the lid is opened, the number one, for instance, shows clearly +on a tinted ground, the instrument is said to have registered one tint; +by that time the number two will have begun to make its appearance, and, +if sufficient exposure be given, the light will print through the whole +scale by successive steps, and show up the numbers, one to twelve. With +an instrument of this kind it is evident that, by exposing alongside the +carbon tissue and determining the number of tints required for the +proper exposure of that negative, the same number of tints with the same +negative will always prove right. A little practice will enable one to +judge the number of tints required for every class of negative. + +It will be well to remark here that freshly sensitized tissue will +produce inferior pictures to that used a day or two after; the pictures +are not so hard, and there is less danger of the high-lights being +washed away. + +CONTINUING ACTION OF LIGHT.--If the carbon tissue after exposure to the +light, be kept in the dark for a little time the effect on the print +will be precisely the same as if the exposure to light had been +prolonged. This continuing action of light may often be utilized to +advantage. Pictures known to be under-exposed will, if kept till +morning, by that time have acquired the same force as if they had +received the proper exposure. + +DEVELOPMENT consists simply in dissolving the gelatine unaffected by +light, with hot water as the solvent. + +Immerse the exposed tissue in a bath containing cold water. It will +first of all curl up, but afterward lay flat and limp. It is then placed +in another bath containing cold water together with a sheet of glass +which has previously been coated with a 5 per cent. solution of +gelatine. Bring them together face to face, draw them out, and force +into close contact with a large squeegee; then place between blotting +paper for five or ten minutes. In squeegeeing, the tissue should be +uppermost, and a sheet of American cloth laid over it to prevent the +squeegee from damaging it. + +Development should not be attempted for at least twenty minutes, during +which time the glass, with the tissue on it, should be placed between +sheets of blotting paper, and kept under pressure to insure its +adherence to the glass support. After that time it is placed in a dish, +and water heated to a temperature of 100 deg. F. added. The colored +pigment will at once commence to ooze out of the edges, and after a +little time the paper originally holding the carbon film may be removed +with the hand. Then, by gently leveling the picture with the hand, the +superfluous gelatine will be washed away, and if the exposure has been +correct a perfect image should remain. A certain amount of control can +be kept over an autotype picture. An over-exposed print will show itself +by insolubility of the gelatine, and the high light refusing to be +washed clear. The temperature should be raised considerably, and hot +water poured over with a jug. If this fails to reduce the intensity, add +a little ammonia to the water as a last resource, though the better plan +is to make another print, giving less exposure. Under-exposure results +in over-solubility of the gelatine. The half-tones will be washed clean +away. It is rarely an under-exposed print can be saved. All that can be +done is to reduce the temperature of the water. Development should never +be hurried; the slower it is the better the gradation of tone in the +results. + +After development is complete the bichromate salt is discharged, and the +image rendered perfectly insoluble by well washing in cold water and +placing in a dish containing a 5 per cent. solution of potash alum, +after which it is again washed and dried. + +Another method of making a transparency and one that involves less +trouble is by means of the transparency plates which are now in the +market. Of these we have tried Carbutt's with the greatest success. For +these the following instructions are given: + +The requisites are, a deep printing-frame a size larger than the +negative to be used, with a flat glass bottom clear and free from +scratches (crystal plate is best), a dark-room Lantern, or other +artificial light, and Keystone Gelatino-Albumen Plates. Transparencies +can be made same size of negative by contact and exposure to artificial +light, or enlarged or reduced in the camera by daylight, with equal +perfection in result. To make transparencies by contact place one of the +Keystone thin crystal glass transparency plates over the negative in +printing-frame, lay piece of dark soft material over it, close down the +back, and expose to the light of the lantern or to a gas flame or other +artificial light, for 10 to 30 seconds, according to density of +negative, at a distance of 20 inches from the flame. Use the following +developer: + + +EIKONOGEN AND HYDROCHINON DEVELOPER. + +A. + + Metric Weight. Avoirdupois Weight. + + 600 c.c.m Distilled Water 20 ounces + 120 grammes Sulphite of Soda Crystals 4 ounces + 22 grammes Eikonogen 330 grains + 101/2 grammes Hydrochinon 160 grains + 960 c.c.m Water to make up to 32 ounces + +B. + + Metric Weight. Avoirdupois Weight. + + 600 c.c.m Distilled Water 20 ounces + 60 grammes Carbonate of Potash 2 ounces + 60 grammes Carbonate Soda Crystals 2 ounces + 960 c.c.m Water to make up to 32 ounces + +For use take 1 ounce (30 c.c.) of A, 3/4 ounce (25 c.c.) of B, with 4 +ounces (120 c.c.) of water. + +More of A will increase density, more of B will increase detail and +softness. Temperature of developer should not vary much below 65 deg. +nor above 75 deg. The after treatment is same as with any other +developer. + +Let the development continue until the blacks look quite strong, and +detail showing in the high-lights; wash off developer, then immerse in + + +CARBUTT'S NEW ACID FIXING AND CLEARING BATH. + + 4 c.c.m Sulphuric Acid 1 drachm + 480 grammes Hyposulphite of Soda 16 ounces + 60 grammes Sulphite of Soda 2 ounces + 30 grammes [D]Chrome Alum 1 ounce + 1920 c.c.m Warm Water 64 ounces + +Dissolve the hyposulphite of soda in 48 ounces (1440 c.c.m.) of water, +the sulphite of soda in 6 ounces (180 c.c.m.) of water; mix the +sulphuric acid with two ounces (60 c.c.m.) of water, and pour slowly +into the sulphite soda solution, and add to the hyposulphite; then +dissolve the chrome alum in 8 ounces (240 c.c.m.) of water and add to +the bulk of solution, and the bath is ready. This fixing bath will not +discolor until after long usage, and both clears up the shadows of the +negative and hardens the film at the same time. + +Let remain two or three minutes after transparency is cleared of all +appearance of silver bromide. Then wash in running water for not less +than half an hour to free from any trace of hypo solution. Swab the +surface with wad of wet cotton, rinse, and place in rack to dry +spontaneously. Then varnish with plain collodion. + + [D] N. B.--During cold weather use only half the quantity + of Chrome Alum in above. + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +THE CARBON TISSUE--(SENSITIZING AND EXPOSURE). + + +The carbon tissue used as a resist, which is mounted on the copper +plate, is made by the Autotype Company, London, England. No. 100 +Standard Brown is the right grade to use, though I have reached good +results with No. 103. The No. 100 is a heavier grade than No. 103, and +requires two or three minutes longer exposure than the latter. Use a +deep printing frame with a screw pressure to secure absolute contact, +which is known by iridescent markings appearing on the glass of the +printing frame. A Johnson's actinometer is very useful to time the +exposure. From 4 to 6 tints are necessary. Experience here is the only +guide, as the light varies as well as the density of the negative and +the sensitiveness of the tissue. If one does not have an actinometer, a +slip of albumen paper may be used; as soon as the paper has reached the +darkest point, which is then called one tint, extend it so that a fresh +portion comes out to the light, and so on for the different tints. In +September, for instance, the darkest tint is reached in about 3 to 4 +minutes; two tints and a half or 8 minutes in the shade at midday on a +clear day in September is about right,--this is understood to be with +medium negatives and No. 103 tissue sensitized within three days. + +You should over-expose rather than under-expose, allowance being made +when the acid is used. Print deeply, so that, on development, the +negative tissue on the copper plate shows all the detail clearly in the +shadows. The tissue should not appear very dark on the plate. The copper +should show up through the gelatine clearly and brightly. The thinner +the negative tissue, the quicker the biting of the acid. + + +SENSITIZING THE TISSUE. + +The carbon tissue comes only in rolls of 21/2 feet by 12 feet, price +$3.00, not cut. It is not sold in a sensitive condition. Full +instructions with each roll for sensitizing. Tap water will do, but I +would suggest distilled water for making the sensitizing solution of +bichromate of potassium. + + Bichromate of potassium 1 ounce + Water 16 ounces + Alcohol 1/2 drachm + Ammonia 12 drops + +The best way to sensitize the tissue, is to place the tissue face up, +keeping it flat so that the solution reaches all parts at once, removing +all air bubbles, and rubbing in the solution with the fingers until +pliant; the time of immersion is three minutes in winter, two minutes in +summer. The hands should be washed directly after handling the solution, +and care must be taken that there are no cuts on the fingers, as the +solution is very harmful, but if due care is exercised and the hands +well washed immediately with soap, little, if any, trouble will be +experienced; use rubber finger tips as much as possible. Keep the +temperature of the solution at 70 deg. both in summer and winter. Take a +piece of glass free from scratches (an inch larger all round than the +tissue); have the glass ready cleaned with ammonia and talcum powder of +fine whiting, squeegee the sensitized carbon tissue directly from the +solution on to the glass and place to dry at night in a light-tight box; +it will be dry in the morning. + +The tissue is in the best condition for three days after sensitizing; it +can be used up to seven days; it gradually increases in sensitiveness +from day to day. After a week or ten days has elapsed, it is hard to +manage and becomes unreliable. When the tissue is dry take a sharp knife +and cut inside the edge, and strip off one corner. Fairly good results +can be reached by simply drying over a curved piece of pulp board, +which is tied with string on each end, but squeegeeing on glass gives a +sharper result. The addition of ammonia and alcohol to the sensitizing +solution makes it easier to strip the paper from the copper plate, after +the carbon tissue is mounted on the plate, and enables one to develop +the resist in the water at a lower temperature than without it, thus +avoiding pits in the darker portions and white specks or bubbles in the +lights, should the water reach too high a temperature. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +THE CLEANING AND GRAINING OF THE COPPER PLATE, AND GRADE OF COPPER +NECESSARY, AND WHERE AND HOW TO BUY IT AT REASONABLE PRICES. + + +The best copper is recognized by its rosy lustre. Pure copper only +should be used. It can be purchased ready polished and beveled from +several firms in New York. The best way, if large quantities of plates +are required, is to buy the copper in the rough of one firm and have it +polished by another, and bevel it yourself if necessary with a file and +burnish it by hand, or the firm who polish it will do the beveling for +you. + +The Scovill & Adams Co. supply copper-plates of the finest quality, +ready polished, for photogravure work. + +Total cost by this method about one-third less than by purchasing ready +made. It makes a copper plate 1/16 grade, 9 x 11, cost about $1.10. +Order your copper 1/16 in. grade up to 10 x 12; larger sizes 1/8 in. +grade. If you use 1/16 in. grade above this size, the plate is liable to +buckle. Be sure the plate is free from pits and scratches and with a +high polish. Have what the polishers and engravers call a rouge polish. +If they do not supply it, rouge it yourself with powdered rouge and +turpentine, using a ball of absorbent cotton over a large piece of +smooth cork. A good way to buy rouge is in the stick; it is more +economical. Rub the wet cotton on it and the right quantity is assured. +Pits in the copper may be taken out by tapping upon the back with a nail +set, using a small piece of polished steel to lay the face of the plate +on, and localizing the spot with a pair of calipers. The part raised by +the tapping, cut away with the scraper, then rub the spot with Scotch +stone and water, then a piece of engraver's charcoal (cut to a pencil +point), with machine oil; then burnish with the regular engraver's +burnisher and sperm oil, finishing with rouge and refined turpentine. + +When the plate is well polished, make a strong solution of caustic +potash (C.P.), which comes in sticks, as strong as possible, as long as +it does not stain the copper. It should register about 40 deg. with an +actinometer used to test silver solutions. + +Take a piece of absorbent cotton and clean the copper with potash (by +the way, use finger tips); rinse under tap for five minutes, then a +fresh piece of cotton with alcohol at 95 per cent., rinse again with +water, and place in warm water for final rinsing; stand up on corner, or +place in drying frame usually used for negatives; allow to drain. Should +any stains appear, it must be recleaned and all the operations repeated +until it drains off without streaks, for these streaks and spots of +stain are caused by the caustic potassa, which is difficult to remove. +It is as hard to get rid of from the copper as hyposulphite is from a +negative. These streaks retard the acid on the copper wherever they +appear, and cause defects in the recording of the original tones of the +negative. + +The plate is then ready for graining. + + +II.--GRAINING THE COPPER PLATE. + +A grain is required on the copper plate so that the tones will be +reproduced, as copper has not a sufficient grain of its own. The grain +is given to the copper plate by dusting it with powdered Syrian +asphaltum or resin. Have a paste-board box made 18 inches high, 12 +inches wide and 8 inches deep, perfectly air-tight, with a small door +running the whole length on the widest side, an inch or two from the +bottom. Have the inside of the box perfectly smooth; place within the +box 4 ounces finely powdered Syrian asphaltum (sold by Messrs. Theodore +Metcalf & Co., Tremont Street, Boston, Mass.); it is difficult to find +in New York. Shake the box vigorously, place on table, insert a piece of +wood an inch high made in shape of cross (or open square, or have +netting of wire raised an inch from the bottom of the box); the copper +plate, previously cleaned, is at once placed face up upon it. Instead of +shaking the box it can be arranged upon supports (see fig. 1), and +revolved. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.] + +Close the door instantly, and let the plate remain about two minutes; +carefully remove the plate and place it on a Florence oil lamp, holding +the plate with a hand vise, watch carefully until the powder disappears +from the surface and the plate slightly smokes, then stand aside to +cool. Do not keep the plate too long on the heater, or the particles of +dust will run together, forming an impenetrable varnish over the plate. +This part of the process is not difficult, but requires practice. +Preserve each atom of dust as much as possible, examine with magnifying +glass and, when cool, test with finger nail; if it rubs off easily, it +has not been heated enough; then the plate must be re-cleaned and again +powdered. To get a good all-round working grain, suitable for medium +subjects, the plate should be placed at once in the box after shaking; +thus the coarser particles that fall first, and the finer, which +gradually settle, will combine after two or three minutes. + +Many combinations will be suggested to the student by practice to suit +the subject; for instance, waiting for two minutes and then inserting +the plate, gives a fine grain for delicate subjects. Powdered dragon's +blood (resin) in combination with asphaltum makes a beautiful grain; a +separate box may be used for the dragon's blood; the asphaltum first +dusted on the plate, then inserted in the dragon's blood box for twenty +or thirty seconds, then melted together. The dragon's blood melts first, +then the asphaltum. + +The air brush is also used by professionals; it throws a resinous spirit +varnish, coarse or fine, as required. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +DEVELOPMENT OF NEGATIVE RESIST ON THE COPPER PLATE, AND PREPARATION FOR +BITING WITH ACID THROUGH THE GELATINE. + + +Have a wooden box made 24 inches long, by 12 inches high, 12 inches +wide, with door 6 inches high on side, fastened with hinges, top and +bottom of box open; cover top with sheet zinc. Place inside Florence oil +lamp; the door is valuable to regulate the heat. On top of box place +deep porcelain tray, 11 x 14, fill with water half full; in the water +place two pieces of plate glass 1/2 inch high and 4 inches long, on +which to place copper to keep it from the bottom of the tray. Slide the +copper plate into the water, removing all air bubbles, keeping the +fingers off the surface of the plate. Take the sensitized and exposed +tissue and place face down in the cold water (65 deg.) sliding it +gradually in at further end of the paper so as to avoid air bubbles; the +instant the paper curls backward, place it over the copper plate and +remove it quickly from the water. This has to be done with celerity or +it will be found difficult to mount the tissue with the squeegee on the +copper, and also it should be exactly placed with reference to the top +and sides of the copper; all this, of course, to be done under water, +never allow it to slip up out of it. Place plate on table and squeegee +into place, stroking firmly from the centre, each way. Place face down +on clean blotting paper, under heavy weight for fifteen minutes. While +plate is under pressure (which is necessary to enable the gelatine to +expand and attach itself to the plate), start the lamp gradually, and by +the time the paper is ready the water should register on the thermometer +75 deg. Slide the plate under water removing air bubbles as they +appear, with a ball of absorbent cotton; when the heat of the water +reaches 90 deg. Fahr., the gelatine commences to ooze from all around +the edges of the paper, and after the plate has remained in the water +about ten minutes after the showing up of the gelatine (at the +temperature from 90 to 95 deg.), take a pin and carefully raise the +paper at the corner, gradually pulling away the paper toward the +opposite corner, keeping the hand close to the water; should the +gelatine which adheres to the plate appear to lift, wait a few minutes +longer and start another corner. After the paper is stripped from the +plate, gently develop the negative resist with a piece of fresh +absorbent cotton, delicately rubbing the surface, edges first, and lave +the plate up and down in the water, keeping the temperature steadily at +90 to 95 deg., by raising or lowering the lamp. (Should the paper be +under-exposed and appear very black on the copper, develop at 100 to 110 +deg., not over. If over-exposed it will appear very thin, and the heat +of the water must not go over 90 deg.; it will strip at 88 to 90 deg.) +Then the negative image gradually appears, the darks first, which are of +course the brightest portions; when all detail appears in the shadows +and the negative stands out clear and bright, take it out of the +dark-room (which is lighted with an ordinary lamp), and gently wash +under the tap with clean and cold water at 65 to 70 deg. + +Dry the resist with alcohol, pouring it over the plate from one end, +starting with half alcohol and half water, gradually adding more alcohol +and eliminating the water, until a final flooding with absolute alcohol +is reached; use fresh solutions of alcohol and water for each copper; +don't use old alcohol for anything except cleaning the copper at the +end, and for removing the spirit varnish. Stand up to dry against the +wall, face out, and standing square on the bottom of the plate, in the +same position as you flooded it with alcohol; it will be dry in twenty +minutes if rightly flooded. The bare copper should now be protected by a +strong varnish in alcohol (it must flow freely off the brush); a good +varnish for this purpose, and the best I know of, is an etcher's +asphaltum stopping-out varnish, sold by Messrs. Devoe & Co., New York; +price 50 cents per bottle. Should it get thick as you come to the bottom +of the bottle, add a little spirits of lavender until it flows again +freely. Take an architect's ruling pen and carefully rule a line with +the varnish up to the edge of the picture, making it exactly true with +the sides of the plate and the space on each side of the work the same +with the top, the bottom space slightly larger; make sure that it +slightly comes inside the picture. Keep the rule away from the surface +of the gelatine, as it is very delicate. Then cover all the rest of the +copper, protecting the bare parts and bevel, and bringing the varnish up +to the line. Allow to dry hard; about twenty minutes will do. Form a +wall about the resist, with walling wax, about an inch high; make a lip +at one corner, the further left hand one, for instance; see that there +are no leaks. There are several grades of wax, but Liedel & Co.'s is the +best; when ordering you should give the name as modeling wax; gray is a +good color. Pans can be used made of tin and varnished, or porcelain +trays, protecting the back and edges of the plate with varnish, but I +find the wax very helpful, especially on large plates. + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +THE ACID BATHS.--HOW TO MAKE THEM AND METHOD OF BITING THROUGH THE +GELATINE. + + +Perchloride of iron C.P. is the acid generally used for this purpose; it +is a still acid, and if the room is well ventilated no harm to health +results, but care must be taken to air the baths after making to get rid +of the surplus chlorine. + +Four baths are used, each of different strengths, the strongest is used +first, the weakest last. I quote from the catalogue of the Boston Art +Museum, of the exhibition illustrating the technical methods of the +Reproductive Arts and Photo-Mechanical Processes, held January 8, 1892: +"Photo-aquatint (photogravure) for the production of half-tone intaglio +plates from photographs from nature, paintings, etc. A dry aquatint +ground is laid on a metal plate, and over this is mounted a gelatine +negative film, made by the pigment printing process. To obtain this +negative film a _reversed_ positive on glass has first to be made. The +reason why this positive must be reversed will become clear when the +nature of the manipulations in the pigment printing process, which +involves the turning of the film, are considered. The film mounted on +the plate is a washout relief, thickest in those parts which are to show +white in the impressions from the plate, and gradually growing thinner +toward the darkest parts, where it is thinnest. The film acts as a +'resist' to the mordant, allowing it to pass freely in the thinnest +parts, and less freely as it increases in thickness. If, however, the +film were mounted on the bare plate, and the biting then proceeded with, +the result would be of no practical use, as the plate would present +merely shallow hollows, incapable of holding the ink, and which would +therefore be wiped out in the attempt to clean the surface of the plate. +This is, however, prevented by the aquatint ground, which allows the +mordant to circulate only in the channels around the resinous particles +of which it consists, and thus produces a grain precisely as in ordinary +aquatinting. The mordant used in perchloride of iron, which is a 'still +mordant,' _i.e._, one which does not evolve bubbles of gas. An +effervescent mordant cannot be used as the bubbles rising under the film +would tear it up. In biting, successive baths of varying strength are +made. + +"A strong solution of perchloride of iron penetrates only the thinner +parts of the film, whereas a weaker acts also through the thicker parts. +The biting, therefore, begins with a strong solution, which acts only in +the darkest parts, and followed up with weaker and weaker solutions, +which continue the biting in the darks and at the same time carry it on +gradually toward the lights. If necessary, the plate is worked over with +the burnisher to brighten the lights, and with roulettes, etc., to +strengthen the darks." + +Purchase nine (9) pounds of perchloride of iron in crystals (45 cents +per pound), take a wide-mouthed gallon jar, place within half a gallon +of distilled water, add the iron until it tests 30 deg. by a Beaume +hydrometer, pour off enough to fill a one-litre glass stoppered bottle, +after filtering through absorbent cotton. Keep adding the iron to the +jar until the strength of each bath is reached. To the strongest +solution add half a drachm of C. P. muriatic acid, and to the weakest +half a drachm C. P. nitric acid; the nitric acid is added so that in the +last biting a good final nip is given to the copper. + +I here give my own formula, with those recommended by others. + +The four (4) baths should be well aired for a day (in broad pans) in the +open air before filtering. + + +FORMULA FOR ACID BATHS. + +(H. R. BLANEY.) + + No. 1 should register to Beaume's scale 42 deg. + No. 2 " " " " " 37 deg. + No. 3 " " " " " 33 deg. + No. 4 " " " " " 30 deg. + +The temperature of the bath to be at 63 deg. Fahr. when tested. + +(DENISON'S.) + +No. 1 should be made to register Beaume's scale, 45 deg., the percentage +of perchloride in this solution is 47, and the specific gravity 1.444. + + No. 2, 40 deg.; percentage, 41; spec. grav. 1.375 + No. 3, 38 " " 38; " 1.339 + No. 4, 35 " " 35; " 1.313 + No. 5, 27 " " 27; " 1.225 + +From an article in the _Photographic News_ (English), Nov. 1, 1889, as +practiced in India. + + +BITING BATH. + +(WATERHOUSE.) + + No. 1, sp. grav., 1.444; ap. per ct. of Fe_{2}, Cl_{6} = 47 + No. 2, " 1.375; " " 41 + No. 3, " 1.339; " " 38 + No. 4, " 1.313; " " 35 + No. 5, " 1.225; " " 27 + +A stronger solution of 48 deg. has been tried (by the above) but has no +penetrating power through even the thinnest film. + + +ANOTHER FORMULA. + +For large plates, 20 lbs. perchloride of iron and distilled water, until +weight amounts to 1.500 grammes per 1000 c.c. From this four (4) +solutions are made, at + + No. 1, 42 deg. Beaume; spec. grav. 1.420 + No. 2, 38 " " " 1.375 + No. 3, 35 " " " 1.330 + No. 4, 31 " " " 1.285 + +The plate is now ready for biting. Keep a record of the bitings, and +length of time for each one, for after-study; also note the time of +exposure of the tissue, age of same, etc., etc. + +Pour the acid from a glass graduate with one sweep over the plate, +removing all bubbles with a feather, noting the time of immersion so as +to guide you. Start with 42 deg., having ready the 37 deg. in another +graduate, watch carefully the action of the acid, and if the resist has +been properly printed, the action of the acid will show after a minute; +if longer it means a generally longer biting for each bath. + + +AVERAGE BITINGS. + + 42 deg., No. 1 5 minutes + 37 deg., No. 2 5 minutes + 33 deg., No. 3 2 minutes + 30 deg., No. 4 2 minutes + + Temperature of bath at 70 deg. Fahr., with No. 103 tissue. + +Total of different bitings, from 10 to 25 minutes, according to depth of +printing. It always varies. There is no hard and fast rule; you must in +time learn to judge by your eye alone. The acid will first attack the +thinnest part of the film, wherever that may be, and when the darkening +of the copper ceases to spread to the next thickest parts, instantly +pour off the acid, and pour on the 37 deg. Do not allow the atmosphere +to act on the gelatine while biting any longer than is necessary to pour +off one bath and quickly pour on a new one. The 37 and 33 deg. baths are +for the middle tones, the 30 deg. for the most delicate ones. The action +of each bath is cumulative, the 37 deg. biting a little where the 42 +deg. had bitten, the 33 deg. doing the same for those before it, besides +taking care of itself, and the 30 deg. attacking all more or less. +During the biting with the 30 deg. solution, it should be continued +until the whites just turn color, and a minute beyond; that is, the +copper should begin to show a very little under the thickest and darkest +film. + +(Note that in the carbon resist the shadows are transparent and the high +lights are opaque.) + +The length of the last biting very seldom is over two minutes. It is +better to overbite your darks, and underbite your lights, if you vary +any. + +The amount of moisture in the air and the heat of the day influences the +length of biting. In hot weather in summer it is very difficult to work +the process, the walling wax being discarded and the copper (back and +edges protected by varnish) placed in a porcelain tray, surrounded by +ice-water and kept at 65 to 70 deg., and the acid pured over the plate +to the depth of one inch. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +CLEANING AND POLISHING THE PLATE, WITH TOOLS NECESSARY FOR RETOUCHING. + + +When the biting is finished rapidly place the plate under the tap and +rinse thoroughly, breaking away the film with your fingers; it seems to +have rotted under the action of the acid and is easily removed. + +Remove the walling wax, clean off the varnish with chloroform or +turpentine, or alcohol first, and chloroform last. This leaves a dim +picture on the plate, with a kind of scum over it; wet the plate with +turpentine and start heavily with rouge, rubbing to and fro equally all +over the plate with a ball of absorbent cotton; continue this treatment, +using less and less rouge and more turpentine until you give the final +polish to the high lights with a clean dry piece of cotton. Be very +careful not to overdo in rouging; the scum (if the biting of the plate +is of medium strength) should clear from the plate with hardly a touch, +and with very little rouging. Some plates require a great deal of +rouging; it then generally means that you must look to your sensitizer. +I again draw your attention to the rouging; here is where any artistic +feeling you may possess will come into play with taste and patience. + +After the plate is rouged sufficiently, an engraver's burnisher is used +to clean up the highest lights and to modify others. Two or three +roulettes of different fineness are valuable to touch up any darks that +need deepening; it matches very well with the grain, but I am always +trying to dispense with the use of the roulettes; one ought to get it +with the acid alone. A No. 6 sewing needle in a holder (dentist's +pin-holder, screw end) is necessary to touch out occasional white +specks. You will have plenty of them at first unless you look out +carefully for dust on the film; keep all your solutions constantly +attended to by occasional filtering, and don't use your sensitizing +solution more than half a dozen times; keep it well corked; if it gets +old it scums the plate too much. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +PRINTING THE PLATE AND STEEL FACING. + + +Before final finishing by hand a working proof should be printed from +the plate by an expert plate printer, by which, what the plate needs can +be determined before final proving. + +Have the plate proved on different papers, and with different colored +inks, so as to judge the effect. Imperial Japan is the best paper, +besides etching paper, India, thin Chinese and Japanese papers. The cost +of proving per single proof is 25 cents for a 4 x 6 plate on Imp. Japan, +about $2.00 per doz. same paper; etching paper, about $5.00 per +100--less for large quantities. + +A second-hand D press, suitable for printing large or small editions or +for proving, can be bought in Boston or New York for from $75 to $100. +For instructions in printing see Hamerton's "Etchers and Etching." + + +STEEL FACING. + +The life of a photogravure plate without steel facing does not last much +beyond 75 impressions, so that if an edition is needed, send the plate +to any good printer who will have it steel-faced for you; their charges +are very moderate, about 50 cents for a 4 x 6 plate. The steel-facing is +accomplished by first making the plate chemically clean, as before +preparation for graining, only be very thorough in using an old +tooth-brush to get out the dirt and in addition use chloroform before +using potash. Then solder a copper wire on to the back. The negative +wire is attached to the copper plate. To the positive pole of the quart +Smee battery is fastened a bright steel plate same size of copper, in a +gallon jar. The plates are hung from glass rods 1/2 inch apart, a +sufficient quantity of the following solution to be poured into the jar: + +(DENISON'S.) + + Warm water 20 ounces + Ammonium chloride 3 ounces + Sulphate of iron and ammonia 4 ounces + +Filter, and let stand for 24 hours. Five (5) minutes will cover the +plate with a thin film of steel. + + +(OBERNETTER'S.) + +"Place the copper plate in a porcelain tray on the bottom of which rests +a brightly burnished copper wire, the negative pole. + +"The anode on the positive pole, a bright steel plate, is suspended over +the copper plate, and kept in motion while the circuit is closed. A +precipitate of steel, resembling silver in appearance, must instantly +occur upon the copper plate, any air-bells to be removed. Five minutes +is sufficient to deposit a perfect steel coating." Grease the plate +after steel facing, to keep off the rust. Formula: + +(OBERNETTER'S.) + + Distilled water 1 litre + Chloride of ammonium 60 grammes + Proto sulphate of iron 30 grammes + Iron alum 30 grammes + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR PHOTOGRAVURE, AND LIST OF FIRMS SUPPLYING THEM. + + +_Materials._ + + Printing Frame (deep), 8 x 10, screw pressure, $8. + Roll Carbon Tissue, No. 100; Standard Brown, $3. + Johnson Actinometer, $1.25. + Beaume Hydrometer, $1.25 (with glass). + Silver " (argentometer) 75c. + Engravers' Scraper, $1.75, best grade. + " Burnisher, $1.75, " + Powder Box for graining (paste-board), $1. + Powdered Syrian Asphaltum, $1 per pound. + Nine (9) pounds Perchloride of Iron (C. P. crystals), 45c. per pound. + Stick Rouge, 20c. + Turpentine, 20c. (refined). + Alcohol (95 per cent.). + Modeling Wax, $1.25. + One Ps. Scotch Stone, 25c. + One dozen Glass Blowers' Charcoal, $2.00 per dozen sticks (for + polishing copper). + One pound Absorbent Cotton, 50c. + One pound Caustic Potash C. P. (sticks). + One Porcelain Tray, deep, 11 x 14, $3.50. + One Florence Hand Lamp, 75c. + One Squeegee. + Three Roulettes, $1.50 each. + Hand Vise, 75c. + Calipers, 50c. + Dairy Thermometer, 25 c. + One bottle Etchers' Varnish, 50c. + One ounce Chloroform, 20c. + Six ounces Bichromate Potassium. + One pound Concentrated Ammonia. + + +LIST OF FIRMS SUPPLYING MATERIALS FOR PHOTOGRAVURE. + +The Scovill & Adams Co., 423 Broome Street. Photographic Materials and +Photo-Engravers' Supplies. + +Messrs. Bestgen & Co., 1001 Washington Street, Boston, Mass. Polishers +of Copper Plates. + +Mr. George Schard, 116 Wooster Street, New York. Polisher Copper Plates. + +Mr. Jos. Wheeler, 299 Washington Street, Boston, Mass. Printer of +Photogravures. + +Messrs. J. H. Daniels & Co., Oliver Street, Boston, Mass. Printers of +Photogravures. + +Messrs. Frost & Adams, Cornhill, Boston, Mass. Engravers' and Etchers' +Supplies. + +Messrs. F. W. Devoe & Co., Fulton Street, New York. Engravers' and +Etchers' Supplies. + +Messrs. Fusch & Lang, 29 Warren Street, New York. Engravers' Supplies. + +Mr. Alfred Sellers, 58 Fulton Street, New York. Engravers' Supplies +(screw pressure printing frames). + +Messrs. John Sellers & Sons, 17 Dey Street, New York. Engravers' +Supplies. + +Messrs. Eimer & Amend, 18th Street and 3d Avenue, New York. Chemists, +Glassblowers Charcoal. + +Messrs. Theodore Metcalf & Co., Tremont Street, Boston, Mass. Chemists. + +Messrs. Kimmel & Voigt, 242 Canal Street, New York. Expert Photogravure +Printers. + +Messrs. Whitely & Co., Centre Street, New York. Polisher of Copper +Plates. + +Messrs. Gilderslieve & Co., 18th Street, New York. Blankets for Press. + +Mr. Charles Creedner, 19 South William Street, Room 4, New York. Japan +Paper. + +Mr. Geo. B. Sharp, 13 Baxter Street, New York. Copper Plates. + +Messrs. F. A. Ringler, 21 Barclay Street, New York. Steel Facing Copper +Plates, Printers of Photogravures. + +Messrs. Leidel & Co., 901 6th Avenue, corner 51st Street, New York. +Modeling Wax; Etchers' Supplies. + +Thomas Hall (Electrician), Bromfield Street, Boston, Mass. Hydrometers +(Smee's Battery), etc. + +New York Steel and Copper Plate Co., 171 Wallabout Street, Brooklyn, +N. Y. + +Mr. Jas. Moffet, 159 Wooster Street, New York. Copper Plates in the +Rough. + +[Illustration] + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +BOOKS AND ARTICLES ON PHOTOGRAVURE. PUBLISHED FROM 1888 TO 1893. + + +LA PHOTOGRAVURE facile et a bon marche. Par l'Abbe Ferret. Paris. 1889. +Price, 1 fr. 25 cents. + +Manuel d'Heliographie et de Photogravure en Relief. Par G. Bonnet. 1890. +Paris. 2 fr. 50 cents. + +Photogravure. By W. T. Wilkinson. 1890. London, E. C. Published by +Messrs Iliffe & Son, 3 St. Bride Street. Price, 1_s._ 6_d._ + +Photo-Engraving and Photo-Etching. By W. T. Wilkinson. Sold by The +Scovill & Adams Co., New York. Price, $3.00. + +Hamerton's "Etchers and Etching." Roberts Bros., Boston, Mass. Price, +$4.00. + +Photo-Etching in India. Article in _Photographic News_ (English), +November 1, 1889. + +"Photogravure, or Photographic Etching on Copper." By Herbert Denison. A +lecture delivered before the Photographic Society of Great Britain. +Printed in THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES, April 21st, 1893, and following +issues. + +Photogravure or Photo-Etching. Article in _Wilson's Magazine_, +1890-1891. + +Notes on Photo-Aquatint. Catalogue of Exhibition, Illustrating the +Reproductive Arts and Photo-Mechanical Processes. Address S. R. Koehler, +Boston Art Museum, Boston, Mass. + + * * * * * + + + + + Merck's Pyrogallic Acid + + + will be found, upon comparison, to be _superior_ in every respect to + all other brands on the market. Its distinctive points of superiority + are: + + 1ST.--ABSOLUTE PURITY + 2D.--PERFECT CRYSTALLIZATION + 3D.--IMMACULATE WHITENESS + 4TH.--EXTREME LIGHTNESS + 5TH.--MODERATE COST + + (Its price is not higher than that of any other make.) + + [Illustration] + + + Merck's Pyrogallic Acid + + produces the highest intensity to be desired in a photographic plate, + and, at the same time, the finest detail in light and shade required + for the most perfect printing negative. + + Under ordinary precaution, it retains all its superior qualities + undiminished for an indefinite length of time. + + WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY "=MERCK'S.=" + TO BE HAD OF ALL DEALERS. + + + TESTIMONIALS. + + + "I have tested Merck's pyro carefully in comparison with the other + pyros at present on the market, and I find that it is superior to + any and all of them." + + Prof. CHARLES EHRMANN, + Instructor of the Chautauqua School of Photography. + + + "I shall, in future, certainly use no other pyro but Merck's. The + best is always good enough for me." + + ALFRED STIEGLITZ, + Editor _American Amateur Photographer_. + + + "Merck's Pyrogallic Acid will be found a very superior article. Its + purity is absolute, with quick crystallization and immaculate + whiteness. In use, it produces the highest intensity that can be + desired in the negatives. The detail in light and shade is perfect, + producing printing qualities unsurpassed by any pyro we have ever + used." + + ST. LOUIS AND CANADIAN PHOTOGRAPHER. + + + "Merck's pyro has undergone a severe test in my hands. I find it to + possess many qualities which give it superiority over all other + makes. Authorities place the solubility of pyro as one part in two + of water. I found one ounce of Merck's to dissolve readily in 1:7 of + water at 60 deg.. It is extremely light, pure, and of a fine white + color, giving rich negatives full of vigor and sparkling + brilliancy." + + WALTER E. WOODBURY, + Editor of _The Photographic Times_. + + + "I have used Merck's Pyrogallic Acid, and prefer it to all others." + + B. W. KILBURN, + Official Photographer (Stereoscopic), at the Columbian World's + Fair, and San Francisco Mid-Winter Exposition. + + + "I have tried Merck's pyro and must certainly say it is the best I + ever used. The results I have obtained with it are remarkably fine." + + W. B. POST, + Amateur Photographer, New York. + + + MORENO STUDIO, Fifth Ave., New York. + + "I have been using Merck's pyro in my studio, and am very well + pleased with it. It is clean, gives brilliant negatives, and is + reliable, one day's work being exactly the same as another's." + + A. MORENO. + + + "I have been using Merck's pyro, and am ready to indorse the high + praise which you have found it entitled to: 'that it is superior in + point of purity, lightness and solubility' to any like product that + I have seen. In fact, 'the new and improved process' seems to reach + in its result the point beyond which it is impossible to go--that + is, perfection. This was my impression at first sight, and using + serves only to confirm it. + + In my opinion, pyro stands at the head of all developers of dry + plates, and I am much mistaken if Merck's pyro, when known, does not + lead all brands of pyro." + + W. H. SHERMAN, + Professional Photographer, Milwaukee. + + * * * * * + + + Scovill & Adams Photo-Engraving Materials, + Combined in a small outfit for Half-tone Photo-Engraving. + + The articles contained in this outfit are all that is necessary for + the Half-tone Process, except when the installation of large and + expensive machinery is warranted. + + 1 10 x 12 American Optical Co. Enlarging, Reducing and + Copying Camera, fitted with Patent Screen Plate + Holder $56.00 + 1 Camera Swing 20.00 + 1 Copy Board 2.00 + 1 Max Levy Screen, 133 lines to the inch, 10 x 12 80.00 + 1 Max Levy Screen, 150 lines to the inch, 10 x 12 95.00 + 1 Rectilinear Lens, Rapid Paragon, 10 x 12, w. D. 68.00 + 2 2-qt. Funnels, glass, 25c. .50 + 6 8-oz. " " 12c. .72 + 1 pkg. No. 33 Filtering Paper .75 + 2 Hydrometers, 50c. 1.00 + 2 11 x 14 Glass Baths in Studio Box, $7 14.00 + 1 Rubber Dipper .60 + 1 2-gall. Evap. Dish 3.00 + 2 10 x 12 Porcelain Trays, $1.66 3.32 + 2 10 x 12 Vulcanite Trays, $1.75 3.50 + 2 16-oz. Graduates, 75c. 1.50 + 4 4-oz. " 30c. 1.20 + 1 9 x 11 Printing Frame, 1-in. glass 9.50 + 1 8 x 10 Retouching Frame 3.75 + 2 large Neg. Racks 6.00 + 1 13-in. French Hand Roller 7.00 + 1 Composition Roller, 12-in. 4.00 + 2 Pincers 2.00 + 2 Acid Brushes 3.50 + 1 Ink Spatula 1.00 + 1 Hook for cutting Zinc Plates 1.50 + Retouching Brushes .50 + 1 gal. Absolute Alcohol 4.00 + 31/2 lbs. Ether 2.63 + 4 oz. Pary's Gun Cotton, 50c. 2.00 + 4 oz. Iodide Potass., 30c. 1.20 + 2 oz. Resubl. Iodine, 35c. .70 + 3 lbs. Nitrate Silver Crystal, $8.50 25.50 + 1 lb. Absorbent Cotton, 1 lb. packages .75 + 5 lbs. Protosulph. Iron, 10c. .50 + 1 lb. Citric Acid .70 + 1 " Bichloride Mercury 1.00 + 5 " Cyanide Potash 3.25 + 1 " Glycerine .30 + 5 b'ks Blue Litmus Paper, 5c. .25 + 1 lb. Aqua Ammonia fort. .32 + 1/2 lb. Nitric Acid, C. P. .45 + 1 gall. Benzole 1.50 + 1 lb. Bichromate Ammonia .75 + 1 " Caustic Potash .15 + 8 " Com'l Nitric Acid, 45c. 3.60 + 1 " Ferri Chloride, 1 bot. .30 + 1 " Rubber Cement, 1 can .30 + 1 " Nitrate Lead, 1 bot. 1.00 + 1 " Ferricyan. Potash, 1 bot. 1.00 + 1/2 " Transfer Ink 2.50 + 1/2 " Engraver's Charcoal 1.50 + 1 " Pumice Stone .10 + 5 " Sulphate Copper, 40c. 2.00 + 2 " 3/8-in. Brass Pins, 40c. .80 + 1 " Lith. Ink, black 3.50 + 2 galls. Le Page's Liquid Glue, $2.25 4.50 + 1 Shoot Board and Plane 25.00 + 1 set Engraving Tools 1.50 + 1 " Finishing " 2.50 + 1 1/2-in. Flat File .50 + 1 1-in. " .85 + 1 set Ass'd Sable Pencils, Nos. 1 to 6 .62 + 1 Darlot Focusing Glass 2.50 + 1 5-in. Engraver's Pad, filled 1.00 + 1 Egg Beater .30 + 1 set Roulettes 6.00 + 1 ream Proof Paper 10.00 + 1 16-oz. plain Collodion Vial .55 + 1 lb. best Dragon's Blood .85 + Polished Zinc Plates, sq. in. .01 + " Copper " " .011/4 + + SEND FOR THE PHOTO-ENGRAVERS' CATALOGUE to + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO., 423 Broome St., N.Y. + + * * * * * + + + Copying Cameras + FOR + PHOTO-ENGRAVING. + + The Scovill Enlarging, Reducing and Copying Cameras. + + With S. & A. Photo-Engravers' Adjustable Screen Plate Holder. + + [Illustration] + + No. 61. Size, 61/2 x 81/2, 4 ft. bed Price, $38.00 + " 62. " 8 x 10, 5 ft. bed " 43.00 + " 63. " 10 x 12, 5 " " 56.00 + " 64. " 11 x 14, 5 " " 68.00 + " 65. " 14 x 17, 6 " " 80.00 + " 66. " 17 x 20, 7 " " 95.00 + " 67. " 20 x 24, 7 " " 118.00 + + _Special sizes and styles made to order._ + + The form of construction of this Camera is made apparent + by the illustration here shown. + + * * * * * + + + SCOVILL + COPYING CAMERAS. + + With S. & A. Photo-Engravers' Adjustable Screen Plate Holder. + + [Illustration] + + These Cameras are made of hardwood, shellacked, not varnished. + Naturally they are without swing, but in every requisite they are + complete; and for this particular service, as well as others, the + American Optical Company's make is sought for before all others. + Such varied lengths of bed are required and ordered, that we can + only give a price list for Copying Cameras with the regulation + length of bed. We make them to order of any length of platform + desired, either rigid or detachable, and with either single or + double bellows. + + Estimates promptly and cheerfully furnished. + + No. 70. 61/2 x 81/2, with bed 3 feet in length Price, $33.00 + " 71. 8 x 10, " 33/4 " " 38.00 + " 72. 10 x 12, " 4 " " 46.00 + " 73. 11 x 14, " 41/2 " " 53.00 + " 74. 14 x 17, " 5 " " 66.00 + " 75. 17 x 20, " 6 " " 72.00 + " 76. 20 x 24, " 6 " " 98.00 + + _Larger sizes made to order._ + + When ordering Copying Camera, please give length of cone, if that is + needed. + + * * * * * + + + The S. & A. Photo-Engravers' Adjustable Screen Plate Holder. + + [Illustration] + + (Patent applied for.) + + This Holder, as is shown in the cut above, is a great improvement + over any heretofore manufactured for photo-engraving purposes. Its + principal points of superiority are, briefly: + + First.--The ease with which it is adjusted for different size plates + and screens, by a simple sliding movement of the two inside frames + to or from the centre, and thus dispensing with the expensive and + troublesome use of kit frames. + + Second.--The convenience by which the screen plate is accurately + adjusted to the sensitized plate by means of the metallic sliding + adjusters. (Heretofore it has been necessary to do the adjusting by + means of inserting different thicknesses of cardboard, paper, etc.) + + Third.--Different thicknesses in the screen plates are allowed for + by means of a spring which always holds the plate in accurate place, + no matter what its thickness may be. + + Fourth.--A graduated scale on each screen adjuster makes it easy to + always insure absolute accuracy in determining the distance of the + screen plate from the wet plate. + + Fifth.--The simplicity of construction and excellent workmanship of + the entire holder, being made, as it is, in the factory of the + famous American Optical Company. + + And, altogether, it is an ingeniously designed and beautifully + constructed holder, which will be found of indispensable aid to the + practical photographer. + + These holders are thicker than the ordinary plate holders, and if it + is desired to use them on a camera the ground glass of which is + focused for the ordinary plate holder, a new ground glass frame is + necessary in order to adjust the focus. When ordering a holder to + fit a camera in use, send the old holder or the old ground glass + frame, so that the new ones can be made to fit the camera. Also + state the size of largest and smallest screen plate to be used in + holder. + + It is made in various sizes. Prices as follows: Frames _only_; + for Ground Glass. + + 8 x 10 size $15.50 $1.50 + 10 x 12 " 21.00 1.50 + 11 x 14 " 26.50 1.88 + 14 x 17 " 29.00 2.25 + 17 x 20 " 32.50 2.63 + 18 x 22 " 36.00 2.63 + 20 x 24 " 40.75 3.00 + + If adjustment from the outside of holder is desired, add $2.00 to + above prices. + + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO., 423 Broome St., New York City. + + * * * * * + + + The Scovill Printing Frames for Photo-Engraving. + + [Illustration] + + The Printing Frames made by the American Optical Co. for + photo-engraving are like everything else manufactured by this + factory, of the highest degree of perfection, and the utmost care + was given to the comparative distance of screws so as to produce an + even pressure. Many negatives have been either ruined or snapped by + the use of imperfect Printing Frames. + + [Illustration] + + The American Optical Co. Printing Frames for photo-engraving are the + only safe ones on the market. + + PRICES. + + 8 x 10, including one-inch glass $8.00 + 10 x 12, " " " 11.02 + 9 x 11, " " " 9.50 + 11 x 14, " " " 13.00 + 14 x 17, " " " 19.00 + + Larger and special sizes made to order. + + * * * * * + + + To Photo Engravers: + + Having systematically undertaken the improvement of photo engravers' + appliances, we follow the S. & A. Photo Engravers' Adjustable Screen + Plate Holder, and the S. & A. accurately adjusted Photo-Engraving + Printing Frames, with the + + S. & A. + Photo-Engraving Etching Tub, + + to which we call the attention of those interested in this business. + We extend to them a cordial invitation to examine the same at our + salesrooms. + + [Illustration] + + These Photo-Engraving Etching Tubs will "fill a long felt want" with + the photo engravers, as they are constructed so as to resist the + strongest acids, and combine the features suggested by practical + experience. + + The tub measures, inside, 481/2 inches long, 201/4 inches wide, + and 7-5/8 inches deep, and the price of same is $10.00. + + Very truly yours, + + =The Scovill & Adams Co.= + + * * * * * + + + [Illustration] + + IN OLDEN TIMES + + people were satisfied to worry along with whatever crude appliances + came easiest to hand.... + + =The material progress= of the nineteenth century, however, has + created a demand for a higher order of mechanical products than was + formerly deemed essential, and this is peculiarly the case with.... + + Process Engravers. + + =To meet this demand=, the firm of JOHN ROYLE & SONS have devoted the + best part of their time, for the past 25 years, to the improvement of + the mechanical accessories to Process Engraving, and with what + success is best testified to by the fact that their machinery is + used exclusively by the _best_ Process Engravers, both in the United + States and abroad. + + JOHN ROYLE & SONS, + Paterson, N. J., U. S. A. + + * * * * * + + + Chrome=Gelatine and + Photo=Gelatine. + + Chrome-Gelatine is a perfected modification of the three-color + printing process. It is so named from the Gelatine process of + printing being used to produce the resulting pictures, which are + allowed to be really wonderful, and which may be reproductions from + original Oil Paintings, Water-colors, Views from Nature, Objects of + Still Life, Textile Fabrics--indeed, all classes of work copied from + originals in color. The results, in all cases, are produced from + three-color negatives. Artists, whose works have been reproduced by + this method, express their satisfaction of the results in the + highest terms, without qualification. + + N. Y. Photogravure Co. + 137 West 23d Street, + New York. + + * * * * * + + + Photogravure and Aquarelle + + (_Photogravure in Colors._) + + Photogravures are of all classes of subjects. + + An important modification of this process has recently been perfected + (patent applied for), by which the delicacy of the gelatine print is + maintained, at the same time that great strength and color is produced + in the shadows. The plates thus made are very durable, and show but + little wear after many thousands of impressions have been produced. + Moreover, they require no finishing or handling after having been + etched, and are quite easily printed. + + Aquarelles are printed from photogravure plates, inked up locally in a + variety of colors. When the whole of the plate has been so inked, the + impression is pulled. The results are beautiful, but the process of + printing is exceedingly slow--three or four impressions a day, only, + being obtainable from a moderate sized plate. + + N. Y. Photogravure Co. + 137 West 23d Street, + New York. + + * * * * * + + + Publications + + THE N. Y. PHOTOGRAVURE CO. has on hand thousands of subjects of all + classes, available for the purposes of illustration, and at the + service of its customers. The newest and best subjects are being + continually added to this collection. Sets of illustrations selected + with the greatest care and skill, for any desired purpose. + + The N. Y. Photogravure Co. + 137 West 23d Street, + New York. + + * * * * * + + + SUN AND SHADE. + + An Artistic Periodical. + Published Monthly. + + Forty cents a number. Four dollars a year. Each number contains eight + exquisite Photogravures, Photo-gelatines or Color Prints, by the + new Chrome-gelatine process, printed on paper 11 x 14 inches, with + descriptive letter-press. Six volumes are now complete, price $4.00 + each. Each volume contains nearly one hundred plates. The whole six + volumes form a complete gallery of current art. + + "SUN AND SHADE reproduces not only the most notable paintings + and portraits, but the best work of amateur and professional + photographers. If it gave nothing but the latter work it would be + deserving of the most liberal patronage that it receives; but it is + an admirable record of the greatest paintings at the Metropolitan + Museum of Art, of living American players, of portraits of celebrated + Americans, of great American painters, with reproductions of their + work, and it is a monument of the N. Y. Photogravure Co., which is a + monument of artistic New York." + + The N. Y. Photogravure Co. + 137 West 23d Street, + New York. + + * * * * * + + + ALFRED SELLERS & CO. + + MANUFACTURERS OF ZINC COPPER AND BRASS PLATES FOR Photo-Engravers. + + Printing Frames, Etching Tubs, Etching Powders, Rollers, Etc. + + SELLERS' SPECIAL TRANSFER. + ETCHING AND PROVING INKS. + + Inking Slabs, Chemicals (Chas. Cooper & Co.'s), Formulas, and + all Supplies for Photo-Engravers. + + Photo-Engraving Taught + IN ALBUMEN, BITUMEN, OR THE ENAMEL PROCESS. + + TRY THE NEW RUSSELL ETCHING POWDER. + + Supplies in General. Send for Price List. + + 59 Beekman Street, New York, N. Y. + U. S. A. + + * * * * * + + + [Illustration: E. C. MEINECKE. ERNEST BURTT. H W ROWLAND. + + PHOTO-GRAVURE. + PHOTO-GELATINE. + PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHY. + LITHOGRAPHY. + PHOTO-ENGRAVING. + TYPE-PRINTING. + + WORKS. BROOKLYN. N.Y. + + E. C. MEINECKE & CO. + ROOM 5. 63 WEST 22ND STREET. + NEW YORK.] + + The favorable comments received from all sources testify to the + unrivaled results obtained by the PHOTOGRAVURE PROCESS, as worked + by our method. + + In reviewing a set of photogravures of the Clifton Water Garden, + from negatives by the proprietor, Mr. S. C. Nash, the _Florists' + Exchange_, says: + + "In his work he has been ably seconded by Messrs. E. C. Meinecke & + Co., of New York, the makers and printers of the plates. Without + fear of contradiction, we state there is no method of reproducing a + picture to compare with the photogravure process, except, possibly, + the expensive and tedious steel plate. For fidelity to detail, + sharpness of outline, contrast of light and shadow, breadth and + depth, and absolute fidelity to life, we choose this. + + The Photogravure Process _IS THE BEST FOR_ + + =Book Illustrations= + =Art and Trade Catalogues= + =Calendars, Menus, Etc.= + + where the most artistic results are desired. Either + + =PLATES SUPPLIED= + + combining the BEST WEARING QUALITIES with the most Artistic + Finish, or editions ready for the binder. + + Your correspondence is solicited, and a trial order requested, which + will be executed promptly and in the best manner. + + * * * * * + + + =AMATEURS!= + + In order to get the =Best Results= You must use the + + =CRAMER PLATE= + + Manufactured by + + =G. Cramer Dry Plate Works, St. Louis, Mo.= + + =Your Dealer does not KEEP Cramer Plates, he SELLS them.= + + * * * * * + + + =If you want to secure the best Photogravure results,= + =Then you must use the best plates, and these are= + =Wuestner's "White Label" 50 Sens. Plate.= + + =WUESTNER'S= + =New Eagle Dry Plate Works.= + + For Sale by all Dealers. + + * * * * * + + + [Illustration: OUR BUSINESS is to sell EVERYTHING USED IN PHOTOGRAPHY + DOUGLASS & SHUEY CO. III STATE ST. CHICAGO.] + + =Photogravure Worker.= + + =Have you tried= + =THE ORIGINAL= + + ZEISS LENS? + + =NO?= + + _BETTER DO SO AT ONCE._ + + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS CO. + HAVE THEM! + + * * * * * + + + =ZEISS-ANASTIGMAT LENSES= + + =Manufactured by= + =BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL CO.= + + =ARE UNAPPROACHED for all Process Work, and are rapidly + displacing other forms of Lenses.= + + =515-543 N. St. Paul Street, Rochester, N. Y.,= + =New York City, Corner Fulton & Nassau Sts.= + + * * * * * + + + [Illustration: THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES + + AN ILLUSTRATED MONTHLY MAGAZINE + DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF + ARTISTIC & SCIENTIFIC PHOTOGRAPHY + + THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES PUBLISHING + ASSOCIATION 423 BROOME STREET NEW YORK + + EDITED BY WALTER E. WOODBURY.] + + Each number contains from 50 to 60 Illustrations! + besides a magnificent PHOTOGRAVURE FRONTISPIECE. + + The Most "up to date" Photographic Magazine in the world. + + ALL THE BEST AND LATEST IMPROVEMENTS CHRONICLED BY THE BEST WRITERS. + + Reproductions of all the finest photographic work from all parts of + the world. + + * * * * * + + + A FEW UNSOLICITED OPINIONS OF + The Photographic Times. + + "It is a daisy."--Hon. A. A. ADEE. + + "It is a veritable triumph of photographic literature."--J. J. + CARTER. + + "One of the finest illustrated magazines received by us is THE + PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES."--_Chenango Telegraph._ + + "If my opinion is of any value, I will tell you that it is far and + away ahead of anything that has ever been attempted."--H. J. AIKEN. + + "You have certainly reached the very height of possibilities in a + photographic magazine."--ARTHUR J. BENTON. + + "The photographic art has hitherto had no better exponent, and the + publishers of this magazine are determined to keep at the head of + the literature of their profession. The many original articles are + fully illustrated."--_The Portland Transcript._ + + "Be sure and continue sending it. Can't keep house without it."--J. + E. CRAIG. + + "It is a beauty in every sense."--CHAS. WAGER HULL. + + "The subject-matter, the number and quality of the illustrations, + the typographic work and the general appearance of THE PHOTOGRAPHIC + TIMES, monthly, are, separately and collectively, cause for hearty + congratulation. Permit me to hereby extend mine, together with + sincere wishes for your continued success."--C. D. CHENEY. + + ________________ 189 + + The Photographic Times Publishing Association, + =423 Broome Street, New York, N. Y.= + + _Please send me_ =The Photographic Times=, _commencing with_ + _______________ 189 , _for_ _______________ _to my address_: + + _Name_, ______________________________________ + _P. O._, _____________________________________ + _County_, ____________________________________ + _State_, _____________________________________ + + Subscription rates, one year, $4.00; six months, $2.00; three months, + $1.00; single copies, 35 cents. + + Remit by Express, Money Order, Draft, P. O. Order, or Registered + Letter. + + Subscriptions to THE PHOTOGRAPHIC TIMES received by all dealers + in photographic materials in this and foreign countries; also by + The American News Company and all its branches. + + * * * * * + + + =The Photographic Appetite= + + increases by what it feeds on. The beginner is usually content to + start with a modest outfit, but as interest grows the hunger for more + artistic results calls for better facilities so that the apparatus + must constantly be of a more improved pattern and contain all the + latest fixings, till finally the question of improvement is entirely + one of the value of the lens. + + 4 x 5 Size + + The Empire, =$5.00= + The New Waterbury, =$15.00= + The Henry Clay 2d, =$15.00= + The Waterbury, =$25.00= + The Henry Clay, Jr. =$30.00= + The Henry Clay, =$50.00= + + To suit this growing appetite we make a line of camera boxes unequaled + for workmanship and convenient appliances. We can supply any stage of + hunger, and make to order to suit any whim. Any photographic question + cheerfully answered. Send for our Catalogue. + + The Scovill & Adams Co. + 423 Broome Street, New York. + + * * * * * + + + ANTHION-SCHERING + The Best Hypo Eliminator. + + + DIRECTIONS FOR USE. + + THE SOLUTION. + + Five grammes (75 grains) =Anthion= are dissolved in one litre (one + quart) of luke-warm distilled water. The solution keeps for at least + one month. + + + A. For Gelatine Plates. + + _a._ The plate (13 x 18 centimetres--5 x 7 inches) or film, after + fixing, is allowed to drain and then washed for about five minutes + in a dish with about 600 cubic centimetres (20 fluid ounces) water; + it is then again allowed to drain. + + _b._ Afterward it is laid in a second dish with 200 c.c. (7 fluid + ounces) =Anthion solution=, and again allowed to remain for five + minutes with occasional stirring. + + _c._ The plate is then once more laid in 600 c.c. (20 fluid ounces) + fresh water, exactly according to direction _a_. + + _d._ The operations _b_ and _c_ are repeated. + + The plate is then =free from fixing soda=. (In order to determine + this, proceed as follows:) + + + Test. + + To be certain that all the fixing soda is completely destroyed, + proceed as follows: Several c.c. (half to one teaspoonful) of the + last washing water are poured into a test-tube, and three or four + drops silver nitrate solution (1 to 20) added. A white precipitate + generally forms. If this gradually acquires a =yellow= tint, fixing + soda is still present. + + In such a case operations _a_ and _b_ are to be repeated. + + + B. For Positive Paper Prints. + + The operations are carried out as under A, but instead of one plate + five fixed copies (13 x 18 c.c.--5 x 7 inches) are taken, allowed to + drain one by one, then laid singly in water (vide _a_), afterward in + =Anthion solution= (vide _b_), then again in water (vide _c_), again + in =Anthion solution= (vide _d_), and finally in water. + + =It is important that the paper prints are frequently separated in + the different baths.= If the prints stick together, the solution + does not penetrate and cannot act. + + + = IMPORTANT = + + For large plates and prints it is not only necessary to use larger + dishes, but also more liquid, both =Anthion solution= and water. An + excess of =Anthion= or of water is decidedly useful, but less is + disadvantageous. + + The above directions for washing relate to those who have no + continual flow of water at hand. + + If a continual flow of water is obtainable, it is advisable to wash + the plates or prints in flowing water for a quarter of an hour, and + then dip in the =Anthion solution= and test the result as above. + + Send orders to your Dealers, or to + The Scovill & Adams Co., New York. + + * * * * * + + + When purchasing a Developer please be particular to specify + Schering's the oldest and most favorably known brand. + + _Put up with labels and seals as per fac-similes here given._ + + [Illustration: ONE OUNCE =PYROGALLIC ACID= RESUBLIMED + From E. SCHERING, MANUFACTURING CHEMIST, BERLIN, GERMANY.] + + THE STANDARD OF THE LAST--THIRD--EDITION OF THE GERMAN PHARMACOPOEIA. + + See that you get the Genuine "Schering's." Excelled by none. + + Send Orders to your Dealers, or to + THE SCOVILL & ADAMS COMPANY, NEW YORK. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Photogravure, by Henry R. Blaney + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PHOTOGRAVURE *** + +***** This file should be named 36446.txt or 36446.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/6/4/4/36446/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/36446.zip b/36446.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e14285 --- /dev/null +++ b/36446.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..46df877 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #36446 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/36446) |
